Operators Manual Om b18d b20d b25d b30d b35d b40d b50d MK 5

ARTICULATED DUMP TRUCK
(ADT) Mk V
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
Document Part Number 872195
THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO -
B18D 6x4 ADT Mk V
B18D 6x6 ADT Mk V
B20D 6x4 ADT Mk V
B20D 6x6 ADT Mk V
B25D 6x6 ADT Mk V
B30D 6x6 ADT Mk V
B30D 6x6 ADT Mk V WET DISC BRAKES
B35D 6x6 ADT Mk V
IMPORTANT: Due to BELL EQUIPMENT’S policy of

continuous product improvement, the information contained in
this manual was correct up to the time of printing (Revised date of
manual). Any changes after this date will only be included in the
next update of this manual. The illustrations in this manual are
pictorial and not necessarily true representations of components.
Photographs and illustrations may show optional equipment.
Version 1: September 2007
Technical Services: Documentation Unit

Bell Equipment Company (Pty) Ltd
Richards Bay
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 1

OPERATOR's MANUAL B18D - B50D
2 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B18D - B50D OPERATOR's MANUAL
TO THE OPERATOR
Do not operate the machine unless you have read this manual and fully understand how to operate the
machine properly.
The safe operation of your BELL EQUIPMENT machines are very important to prevent any personal
injury and/ or damage. This manual must be read and fully understood before operating or carrying out
any maintenance on your BELL EQUIPMENT machine.
The following safety symbol is used for all safety messages. When you see the safety symbol, follow the
safety message to avoid personal injury or death.
SAFETY SYMBOL

WARNINGS and CAUTIONS must be read, fully understood and followed, before carrying out the action
or maintenance procedure concerned.
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS are always placed before any action or maintenance procedure where
personal injury and/or damage to the machine could occur if that action or maintenance procedure is not
carried out correctly.
Throughout this manual the word WARNING is used to alert the operator and others of the risk of
personal injury during the operation of the equipment. CAUTION indicates the possible damage to the
machine. NOTE- highlights information of special interest.
WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California
to cause Cancer, birth Defects and other Reproductive Harm.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 3

4 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

The table below is a record of amendments made to this manual after the publication date.
Amendment Record Sheet

Page No’s. Page amended/
Amendment Date
Replaced Pages Inserted By
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 5

6 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

INTRODUCTION
WARNING
All specifications in this manual apply to a standard machine as supplied by the
factory and any modifications done to the machine such as greedy boards, etc.
will result in different specifications and we as OEM cannot take responsibility for
this.
Read this manual carefully for it has been produced to assist you in the correct operation, maintenance
and care of your BELL EQUIPMENT machine. Failure to do so could result in personnel injury or
equipment damage.
This manual should be considered a permanent part of your machine and should remain with the
machine when you sell it.
Right and left hand sides are determined by facing in the direction of forward travel.
Write product identification numbers (P.I.N.), Vehicle Identification Number (V.I.N.) and serial Number in
Chapter 8. Accurately record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine should it be stolen.
Your dealer also needs these numbers when you order parts. File the identification numbers in a
secure place off the machine.
Warranty is provided as part of BELL EQUIPMENT’S support program for customers who operate and
maintain their equipment as described in this manual. The warranty is explained on the warranty
certificate which you should have received from your dealer.
Should the equipment be abused, or modified to change its performance beyond the original factory
specifications, the warranty will become void and field improvements may be denied.
This manual is divided into chapters. The information contained in the manual is in logical sequence, with
the instructions written in step by step format.
Effective maintenance on your BELL EQUIPMENT machine is achieved when personnel fully understand
the information contained in this manual.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this manual was correct at the
time of publication. BELL EQUIPMENT Co. has a policy of continuous product development,
improvement, and design. BELL EQUIPMENT Co. reserves the right to change, amend and update the
design of its product at any time without prior notice. With this policy, changes may have occurred that
are not included in this manual.
Whilst every endeavour has been made to provide accurate and reliable information, BELL EQUIPMENT
Co. specifically disclaims any actual or implied warranty and under no circumstances shall be liable for
any loss, damage or injury to person or property suffered, whether direct, indirect or consequential,
arising from the use of this manual. In particular and without detracting from above, the disclaimer also
applies in the event of any specification, warning, or representation contained in this manual being
inadequate, inaccurate, or unintentionally misleading.
The user is urged to strictly comply with the instructions and warnings that are given in the interests of
general safety. Please do not hesitate to contact your BELL EQUIPMENT Product Support
Representative whenever you have a query on your BELL EQUIPMENT product or this manual.
The following address list was correct at September 2007.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 7

GROUP OPERATIONS LISTING
RICHARDS BAY (HEAD OFFICE)

Carbonate Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 35 9079111 . . . . . . . . . . Private Bag X2004
Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 35 9074323 . . . . . . . . . . EMPANGENI
RICHARDS BAY . . . . . . . . . . . Web site: www.bellequipment.com . . . 3880
3900
LOCATION OF OPERATIONS
EUROPEAN REGION
SPAIN
Bell Equipment Spain S.A.
C/ Iplacea nº10 . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +34 917191512

Pol. Ind. Alcalá Park - Nave 2-2 . . . Tel: +34 918796019
28803 Alcalá de Henares . . . . . . Fax:+34 918796049
España . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: isaacd@fr.bellequipment.com
FRANCE
Bell France Sarl
Z.A. Route díArgenton-sur-Creuse . . Tel: +33 555892356

23800 Dun-Le-Palestel . . . . . . . . Fax: +33 555892324
FRANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: vincentr@fr.bellequipment.com
GERMANY
Bell Equipment (Deutschland) GmbH
Am Ringofen 24 / 14B . . . . . . . . Tel: +49 663191130

D-36304 Alsfeld . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +49 6631911313
GERMANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: heinzw@de.bellequipment.com
UNITED KINGDOM
Bell Equipment U.K.
Unit 6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +44 1283712862 (Direct)

Graycar Business Park . . . . . . . . Tel: +44 1283716777 (Parts Direct)
Barton Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +44 1283712687
Barton-under-Needwood . . . . . . . e-mail: general@uk.bellequipment.com (General)
Burton-on-Trent. . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: sales@uk.bellequipment.com(Sales)
DE13 8EN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: colinw@uk.bellequipment.com (Customer Support)
UNITED KINGDOM . . . . . . . . . e-mail: cliffa@uk.bellequipment.com(Parts)
8 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

NORTH AMERICA
UNITED STATES
Bell Equipment North America Inc.
2843 HWY 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +19129662615

Garden City. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +19129641594
GEORGIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: billr@bellequipment.com
GA 31408
USA
SOUTHERN AFRICA REGION
CAPE REGION
CAPE TOWN
Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.
28 Aviation Street. . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 213862252 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 162

Airport Industria. . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 213862260 . . . . . . . . . . . EPPINGDUST
CAPE TOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: fionaj@bell.co.za. . . . . . . . . 7475
7525
EAST LONDON
25 Ray Craib Crescent . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 437486622 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 3443

Beacon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 437486624 . . . . . . . . . . . PORT ELIZABETH
EAST LONDON . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: vanessaa@bell.co.za . . . . . . 6001
5200
GEORGE
Pioneer Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 448780930/1 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 1697

Pacaltsdorp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 448780932 . . . . . . . . . . . GEORGE
GEORGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: karino@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . 6530
6534
PORT ELIZABETH
349 Kempston Road . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 414513202 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 3443

Korste, Port Elizabeth . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 414513208 . . . . . . . . . . . NORTH END
6056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: lynneo@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . 6056
SPRINGBOK
Drive Inn Road . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 277121124/30 . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 618

Industrial Park . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 277181314 . . . . . . . . . . . SPRINGBOK
SPRINGBOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: laurenced@bell.co.za . . . . . . 8240
8240
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 9

WINDHOEK
37 LazaretT Street . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +26 461226021/2/3 . . . . . . . . . Private Bag 12018

Ausspann Platz . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +26 46128330 . . . . . . . . . . . Auspann Platz
WINDHOEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WINDHOEK
NAMIBIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NAMIBIA
CENTRAL REGION
BLOEMFONTEIN
109 Fritz Stockenstrom Street . . . . Tel: +27 514327855 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 1878
Ooseinde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 514323740 . . . . . . . . . . . BLOEMFONTEIN
BLOEMFONTEIN. . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: karenm@bell.co.za . . . . . . . 9300
9300
GAUTENG
Bell Jet Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 119289700 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 25391

Griffiths Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 119289730 . . . . . . . . . . . EAST RAND
JET PARK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: jonh@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . . 1462
1459
KIMBERLEY
26 South Circular . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 538321078/9 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 2927

KIMBERLEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 538321135 . . . . . . . . . . . KIMBERLEY
8300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: cornell@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . 8300
KURUMAN
8 Acacia Street . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 537120698 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 1396

KURUMAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 537120697 . . . . . . . . . . . KURUMAN
8460 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: charld@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . 8460
SWAZILAND
Bell Equipment Swaziland
Shop No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +26 85187496/7 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 134

Second Street . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +26 85187498 . . . . . . . . . . . Matsapha
Matsapha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWAZILAND
SWAZILAND
10 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

MIDDELBURG
9 Celcius Street. . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 132461169 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 2821

Building B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 132461229 . . . . . . . . . . . MIDDELBURG
Industrial Area . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: ferdiv@bell.co.za. . . . . . . . . 1050
MIDDELBURG
1050
NELSPRUIT
3 Christie Crescent . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 137552110/6 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 1672

Vintonia 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 137552117 . . . . . . . . . . . NELSPRUIT
NELSPRUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: leonvl@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . 1200
1200
RUSTENBURG
16 Vanadium Street . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27145381003/4 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 3701

Border Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 145381005 . . . . . . . . . . . RUSTENBURG
RUSTENBURG. . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: driesm@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . 0300
0300
TZANEEN
8 Impala Street . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 153074812 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 2102

Industrial Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 153073095 . . . . . . . . . . . TZANEEN
TZANEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: tinas@bell.co.za . . . . . . . . . 0850
0850
WOLMARANSSTAD
80 Kruger Street . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 185962319 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 587

WOLMARANSSTAD . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 185962855 . . . . . . . . . . . WOLMARANSSTAD
2630 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2630
COASTAL REGION
EMPANGENI
No.1 Irvine Bell Drive . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 357926517 . . . . . . . . . . . Private Bag X20046
Old Mill Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 357926516 . . . . . . . . . . . EMPANGENI RAIL
EMPANGENI . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: shelleyb@bell.co.za . . . . . . . 3910
3880
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 11

PIET RETIEF
14 Smith Street . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 178261523 . . . . . . . . . . . c/o P.O.Box 1221

PIET RETIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27178261580 . . . . . . . . . . . VRYHEID
2380 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3100
PIETERMARITZBURG
7 Van Eck Place . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 333869319 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 100436

MKONDENI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 333861837 . . . . . . . . . . . SCOTTSVILLE
3201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: johns@bell.co.za. . . . . . . . . 3209
PONGOLA
Akasia Street . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 344131720 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 681

PONGOLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 344131735 . . . . . . . . . . . PONGOLA
3170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3170
PORT SHEPSTONE
Shop 5 Industrial Park . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 396854124 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 560

Cnr. Main Harding and Izotsha Road Fax: +27 396855155 . . . . . . . . . . PORT SHEPSTONE
PORT SHEPSTONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4240
4240
RICHARDS BAY (Training Centre)
Carbonate Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 359079111 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box X20046

Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 357973196 . . . . . . . . . . . EMPANGENI
RICHARDS BAY . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: salenaa@bell.co.za . . . . . . . 3880
3900
UMHLALI
Lot 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 329470696 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 39

Shakas Head Industrial Park . . . . . Fax: +27 329472141 . . . . . . . . . . . UMHLALI
Shakas Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4390
UMHLALI
4390
VRYHEID
Bloekom Street . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 349815541 . . . . . . . . . . .

VRYHEID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +27 349809752 . . . . . . . . . . .
3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

NORTHERN REGIONS
MALAWI
Bell Equipment (Malawi) Ltd.
10/338 Mtendere Street . . . . . . . Tel: +26 5783293

Area 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +26 5783293
Lilongwe
MALAWI
MOZAMBIQUE
Bell Equipment (Mozambique) LTD
Avenida da Oau 121 . . . . . . . . . Tel: +25 81722031 . . . . . . . . . . . Caixa Postal 2510

Maputo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +25 81401949 . . . . . . . . . . . Maputo
MOZAMBIQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: BellEquipment@mail.garp.co.mz MOZAMBIQUE
Contact: Eddy Fischer . . . . . . . . Cell: +25 8182301894
ZAMBIA
Bell Equipment (Zambia) Ltd.
Plot 4675 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +26 02218113/121/123 . . . . . . . P.O. Box 20367

Kitwe Chingola Road . . . . . . . . . Fax: +2602213516 . . . . . . . . . . . . Kitwe
Kitwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail: tonyi@bell.com.zm. . . . . . . . ZAMBIA
ZAMBIA
ZIMBABWE
Bell Equipment (Zimbabwe) Ltd.
16 Erith Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +26 34 661048/061 . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 2980

Willowvale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax: +2634621026 . . . . . . . . . . . . Harare
ZIMBABWE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-mail:bellzimb@iafricaonline.co.zw. . . ZIMBABWE
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 13

DEALER
Please Supply Your Dealer Details Here:
14 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

ABBREVIATION LIST
The table below lists the abbreviations used in this manual:
Abbreviation Meaning Abbreviation Meaning

ºC degrees Celsius Nm Newton metre
ºF degrees Fahrenheit psi pounds per square inch
A ampere PTO Power Take-Off
ADT Articulated Dump Truck R Reverse
Ah ampere hours r.p.m. revolutions per minute
CB circuit breaker ROPS Roll Over Protective

Structure
d diagnostic
SMR Service Meter Reading
D drive
SS Single Speed
DNS Do Not Shift
SSM Sealed Switch Module
ECU Electronic Control Unit
USGAL United States Gallon
FOPS Falling Objects Protective
Structure V Volt
ft foot (feet) yd³ cubic yard
ft lb foot pound OBW On Board Weighing
HP Horsepower CCU2 Chassis Control Unit 2
ISO International Standards ECU Engine Control Unit

Organisation
MDU2 Monitor Display Unit 2
kg kilogram
MM Memory Module
km kilometre
TCU Transmission Control
km/hr kilometres per hour Unit
kPa kilo pascal OEU Output Expansion Unit
kW kilowatt
lb pound
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
m³ cubic metre
N Neutral
m.p.h. miles per hour
MSDS Material Safety Data

Sheet
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 15

16 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SAFETY FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SAFETY REGULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CHAPTER 1. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CHAPTER 2. OPERATOR CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
SECTION 1. OPERATOR CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE PEDALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
OPERATOR’S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
SECTION 2. SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
RIGHT HAND CONTROL PANEL (ZF GEARSHIFT CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
RIGHT HAND CONTROL PANEL (ALLISON GEARSHIFT CONTROL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
SEALED SWITCH MODULE (SSM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
DRIVE TRAIN SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

BIN SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
STEERING COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
IGNITION SWITCH AND IMMOBILIZER / DRIVER ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
SECTION 3. INSTRUMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP. GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
FUEL GAUGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
SPEEDOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
ENGINE REVOLUTION COUNTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
MENU DISPLAY SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
TO GO TO MAIN MENU FROM DEFAULT SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
MAIN MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
CLIMATE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
AIR CONDITIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 17

FUSES, DIODES AND RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

CIGARETTE LIGHTER, ASH TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
12 V ACCESSORIES SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
DRINKS HOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
DIAGNOSTICS SOCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
BRACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
BONNET CATCH RELEASE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
WINDSCREEN WASHER WATER RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASHER NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
AIR HORNS (OPTIONAL B20D SHOWN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ELECTRICAL HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
REVERSE WARNING BUZZER (B20D SHOWN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
EMERGENCY EXIT HAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
CHAPTER 3. PROCEDURES BEFORE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
SECTION 1. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
NORMAL EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
SECTION 2. BEFORE STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

SAFETY RULES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
CHAPTER 4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
SECTION 1. SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

SAFETY RULES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
SECTION 2. STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
SHUTTING DOWN THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
USING BOOSTER BATTERIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
SECTION 3. RUNNING-IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

RUNNING-IN INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
DOWN SHIFTING OR REVERSE INHIBITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
SLOWING AND STOPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
OPERATING WITH INTER-AXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
OPERATING WITH CONTROLLED TRACTION DIFFERENTIAL (CTD) LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
SECTION 4. OPERATING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
LOADING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
OPERATING INDOORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
18 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 5. OPERATING TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
SAFETY RULES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

GEAR PRE-SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
GEAR HOLD FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
TRANSPORT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
“GEAR HUNTING” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
CHAPTER 6. RECOVERY AND TRANSPORTATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
SECTION 1. TOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

SAFETY RULES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
SECTION 2. LIFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

MACHINE LIFTING POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
MACHINE TIE-DOWN POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
TRANSPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
CHAPTER 7. PRE-SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
SECTION 1. SERVICE POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

INSTALL THE BIN PROP (B20D SHOWN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
INSTALL THE ARTICULATION SAFETY BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
SECTION 2. RULES WHEN SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
HANDLING AND STORING DIESEL FUEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
CHAPTER 8. SERIAL NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
NUMBERS SMALL TRUCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

NUMBERS LARGE TRUCKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
CRIME PREVENTION TIPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
CHAPTER 9. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
NOTES:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
CHAPTER 10. DAILY OR 10 HOURLY SERVICE CHECKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
SECTION 1. ENGINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
SECTION 2. TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

CHECK THE TRANSMISSION FOR OIL LEAKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
CHECK THE TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL (ALLISON TRANSMISSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
SECTION 3. TRANSFER CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 19

CHECK THE TRANSFER CASE FLUID LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
SECTION 4. HYDRAULICS, CAB AND ELECTRICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

HYDRAULICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
SECTION 5. LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

AUTO GREASING SYSTEM (STANDARD ON B50D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
SECTION 6. TAILGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

CHECKS ON THE TAILGATE AND WORKING PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
20 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SAFETY
SPECIFICATION
This machine complies to the CE Specification.
SAFETY FEATURES
NOTE: B20D shown below.
3 2 1 14 16 15 12 11
6 7 8 13 9 10
20D0005CV
1. ROPS/FOPS Cab Protection. 7. Articulation locking Bar (On Left Hand

The Roll Over Protective Structure has been Side OfThe Machine).
certified to meet specified test requirements 8. Secondary Steering.
according to SAE J1040 and ISO 3471. The
Falling Objects Structure has been certified Ground driven, continuously in operation.
to meet specified test requirements Secondary steering indicator light will light
according to SAE J/ISO 3449 and ISO when activated.
3449. 9. Horn.
2. Cab with Heater/Defroster. 10. Halogen Lights and Turn Signals.
Positive pressure ventilation system
circulates both outside and inside air 11. Engine Fan Guard.
through filters for a clean working 12. Bypass Start Protection.
environment. Built in defroster vents direct
air flow for effective window 13. Exhaust Brake and Transmission
de-fogging/de-icing. Retarder (If Equipped).
3. Dump Body Service Lock. 14. Seat Belt Retractors.
4. Stop/Back lights. Highly visible lights. 15. Mirrors.
5. Backup Alarm. 16. Large Windshield Wiper With Washer.
6. Independent Parking Brake.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 21

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS)

The Federal Occupational, Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200 and in
some cases, State and Local Right-to-Know laws, may require that specific MSDS be available to the
employees prior to operating this equipment. This may include information on substances contained in
this equipment such as antifreeze, engine oil, battery acid, hydraulic fluid and freon (if equipped with an
air conditioner).
To ensure a prompt response, please be sure to include your return address and ZIP (postal) code, along
with the model, serial number and/or VIN number of your machine.
UNAUTHORISED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE

STRUCTURE (ROPS) AND THE FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTIVE
STRUCTURE (FOPS)
Do not make unauthorised modifications or alterations to the ROPS and FOPS such as: welding on
extinguisher brackets, CB aerial brackets, fire suppression systems etc. Unauthorised modifications will
affect the structural limits of the ROPS and FOPS and will void the certification (and increase the risk of
an adverse safety incident.)
The Roll Over Protective Structure has been certified to meet specified test requirements according to
SAE J1040 and ISO 3471. The Falling Objects Protective Structure has been certified to meet specified
test requirements according to SAE J/ISO 3449 and ISO 3449, Level II.
Any planned modification or change must be reviewed in advance by the BELL EQUIPMENT
Engineering Department to determine if the modification or change can be made within the limits of the
certifying tests. It is important that each person in your organisation, including management, be made
fully aware of these rules involving ROPS and FOPS. Whenever anyone sees unauthorised modifications
or changes to a machine’s ROPS or FOPS both the customer and manufacturer must be notified in
writing. The protection offered by ROPS or FOPS will be impaired if they are subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is altered in any way and as such ROPS or FOPS must be
replaced, not reused.
LOOSENING OR REMOVAL OF THE ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE

STRUCTURE (ROPS) AND THE FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTIVE
STRUCTURE (FOPS)
Make sure that all parts are installed correctly if the ROPS or FOPS is loosened or removed for any
reason. Once the mounting bolt and nut assembly has been removed or loosened it must be replaced
with new parts as specified in the parts manual. Tighten the mounting bolts to the correct torque
specification as specified in the parts manual. Failure to comply could compromise product safety and
increase the risk to safety. A damaged ROPS or FOPS must be replaced, not reused.
NOISE EMISSION LEVELS

The sound pressure was tested according to ISO 6394 (SAE J/ISO 6394) and the sound power was
tested according to ISO 6393 (SAE J 2102).\plain \par
GENERAL SAFETY
Be sure all operators of this machine understand every safety message. Replace operator’s manual and
safety decals immediately if missing or damaged.
22 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SAFETY REGULATION Operate Only On Solid Footing
Operate only on solid footing with strength

Every country (State) has its own safety sufficient to support machine. Be alert working
regulations. It is the obligation of the operator to near embankments, excavations and with bin
know and follow these. This also applies to local raised. Avoid working on surfaces that could
regulations covering different types of work. collapse under machine.
Should the recommendations in this manual
deviate from those of your country, your local Use caution when backing up to berms before
safety regulations should be followed. dumping load.
Mounting And Dismounting The Keep Riders Off the Machine

Machine
Always use the handrails and steps provided to

get on and off the machine. Use both hands and
face the machine. Never get on or off a moving
machine. Never jump off the machine. Use a
hand line to pull equipment up onto the platform,
do not climb on or off the machine carrying tools
or supplies.
GD0015CFM
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture

present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean Do not allow unauthorised personnel on the
and free of grease, oil and foreign objects. machine.
Avoid Work Site Hazards Prepare for Emergencies
GD0017CFM
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguishers handy

and know how to use them. Inspect and have
your extinguisher serviced as recommended on
its instruction plate. Keep emergency numbers
for doctors, ambulance service, hospital and fire
department near your telephone.
GD0014CFM
Avoid Overhead Power Lines
Never move any part of the machine within 3 m

(10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length, as
serious injury or death may result.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 23

Avoid Backing Over Accidents If uncertain about safe handling or use of these
chemical products, contact your authorized
dealer for a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).
GD0016CFM
Make sure all persons are clear of machine path

before moving the machine. Where conditions
permit, raise bin for better visibility to the rear.
Use mirrors to assist in checking all round
machine.
Keep windows, mirrors and backup alarm clean

and in good condition.
Use a signal person when backing if view is

obstructed and/or in close quarters. Keep signal
person in view at all times.
Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.
Handle Chemical Products And Flammable

Fluids Safety
GD0018CFM
Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause

serious injury. Under certain conditions, Handle fuel with care, as it is highly flammable.
lubricants, coolants, paints and adhesives used Do not smoke or go near an open flame or
with this machine may be hazardous. sparks while refuelling. Always stop the engine
before refuelling the machine and fill the fuel tank
outdoors.
Keep all fuels and lubricants in properly marked

containers and away from all unauthorised
persons. Do not smoke in the storage areas.
Store oily rags and other flammable material in a

protective container, in a safe place.
Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that have

contained flammable fluids. Clean them
thoroughly with nonflammable solvent before
welding or flame cutting them.
Starting fluid is highly flammable. Keep all sparks

and flames away when using it. To prevent
accidental discharge when storing the
pressurised can, keep the cap on the can and
store it in a cool protected place. Do not burn or
puncture a starting fluid container.
24 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Clean the Machine Regularly Wear Protective Equipment
Wait until the engine has cooled before removing

trash from areas such as the engine, radiator,
batteries, hydraulic lines, fuel tank and operators
cab. Remove any grease, oil or debris build-up.
Keep the machine, especially the walkways and
steps, free of foreign material, such as debris, oil,
tools and other items which are not part of the
machine.
Prevent Battery Explosions and Acid Burns
GD0013CFM
Wear a hard hat, protective glasses and other

protective equipment as required by the job
conditions. Do not wear loose clothing or
jewellery that can catch on controls or other parts
of the machine.
When you drive connecting pins in or out, guard

against injury from flying pieces of debris by
wearing goggles or protective glasses. Prolonged
exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or
loss of hearing. Wear a suitable hearing
protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs.
GD0019CFM
Wear gloves when handling wire rope cable.
The standard battery supplied with the machine Use the Seat Belt
is a sealed type that does not need maintenance.
Use a seat belt at all times to minimise the
Keep sparks and flames away from the batteries. chance of injury in an accident.
Keep batteries clean and check that all cables The seat belt must not be altered or modified in
are properly secured. any way. Such changes can render the belt
ineffective and unsafe.
If a non-sealed battery is subsequently installed,
keep sparks and flames away from the batteries. The seat belt is designed and intended for the
Use a flashlight to check the battery electrolyte seat’s occupant to be of adult build and for one
level. Use a voltmeter to check battery charge. occupant of the seat only.
Never place a metal object across the posts.
Always remove the grounded (Negative -) battery Avoid High Pressure Fluids
clamp first and replace it last.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the
Do not smoke in areas where batteries are being skin causing serious injury. Relieve the pressure
charged. before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Sulphuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous Keep hands and body away from pinholes and
and is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in nozzles which eject fluids under high pressure.
clothing and cause blindness if splashed into the Use a piece of cardboard or paper to search for
eyes. leaks.
Avoid the hazard by: If any fluid is injected into the skin it must be
surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor
• Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. who is familiar with this type of injury or gangrene
may result.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 25

Stay Clear Of Moving Parts If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste,
contact your local environmental centre or your
Entanglements in moving parts can cause dealer for more information.
serious injury.
Start Only From Operator’s Seat
Stop engine before examining, adjusting or
maintaining any part of the machine with moving WARNING
parts.
Never turn the ignition switch On and
Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any immediately OFF again. This will reset the
guard or shield that has been removed for cranking time and damage to the starter
access as soon as service or repair is complete. motor can occur.
Beware of Toxic Fumes
GD0020CFM
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can

cause sickness or death.
GD0022CFM
Operate only in well ventilated indoor areas.

Avoid hazardous fumes by first removing paint on Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start
painted surfaces before welding. engine only while sitting in operator’s seat.
Ensure all controls and working tools are in
Wear an approved respirator when sanding or proper position for a parked machine.
grinding painted surfaces.
If a solvent or paint stripper is used, wash surface

with soap and water. Remove solvent or paint
containers before welding and allow at least 15
minutes before welding or heating.
Dispose of Waste Properly
Improper disposal of waste can threaten the

environment. Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and
batteries used with this machine may be harmful
if not disposed of properly.
Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain

or into any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the

atmosphere. Government regulations may
require using a certified service centre to recover
and recycle used refrigerants.
26 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Servicing

Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across
the starter solenoid terminals. WARNING
1. Always install bin prop and ensure that the
Operating The Machine bin prop is lowered down onto the bin prop
ensuring it is located in the ring - do not
Lower bin during work interruptions, apply park power the bin down when servicing and
brake and be careful not to accidentally actuate working on the machine.
controls when co-workers are present. 2. Always install the cab prop when the cab is
raised and ensure that the cab prop is in
Avoid Tip Over secure in one of the stop positions when
work or service is to be done under the cab.
Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump from
3. Always install suspension stops when
machine if it falls over.
working under the B50D machine in the
suspension area.
Use extra care when bin is raised. Machine
stability is greatly reduced when bin is raised.
Drive slowly, avoid sharp turns and uneven Welding Repairs
ground.
NOTE: Disable electrical power before
Do not over load the machine. welding. Turn off main battery switch or
disconnect positive battery cable. Separate
Before operating machine after it has falled over, harness connectors to engine, alternator and
carefully inspect all hydraulic and electrical lines. vehicle microprocessors.
Operating on Slopes
GD0021CFM
GD0023CFM
Avoid welding near fluid lines. Do not let heat go

Avoid side slope travel whenever possible. beyond work area near fluid lines.
Check service brakes frequently when operating Remove paint properly. Wear eye protection and
on slopes. protective equipment when welding.
The maximum slope will be limited by the ground Do not inhale dust or fumes.
conditions.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 27

Tyre Information
Welding or heating of the rim components, external fire or excessive use of brakes can cause overheating
of the tyres, which could cause a tyre explosion.
This explosion can propel the tyre, rim and final drive components approximately 500 metres (1 640ft)
from the machine, which may cause personal injury or death and/or property damage.
If the tyre is overheating and could explode, do not approach it within the area represented by the shaded
area in the drawing, until it has cooled.
Stand behind the tread and use a self attaching chuck with extension hose to inflate the tyres. Use a
safety cage if available. Do not stand over the tyre.
15 m
(49'3")
Use a safety cage if available
Do not stand over the tyre, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose
500 m
(1 640 ft)
GC0002FM
NOTE: It is recommended that only trained personnel service and change tyres and rims.
Inspect and Maintain ROPS
A damages roll-over protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused.
If the ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine
again.
To Maintain the ROPS:
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade hardware.

• Check hardware torque.
• Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or wear; Replace if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damaged.
Drive Metal Pins
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other safety equipment.
Use soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.
28 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SAFETY DECALS
There are several safety decals on your BELL EQUIPMENT machine. Their exact location and
description of the hazard are reviewed in this section. Please take the time to familiarise yourself with
these safety decals.
Keep the decals clean by using a soft cloth, water, and soap. Do not use solvent, gasoline, etc. You must
replace a decal if it is damaged, missing or cannot be read. If a decal is on a part that is replaced, ensure
a new decal is installed on the replacement part. Contact your BELL EQUIPMENT Representative for
new decals.
CAUTION INFORMATION
40 Ton Articulated Dump Truck
FRONT MIDDLE REAR
MAKE MODEL SIZE
This instructional seat has been provided only kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI
INFORMATION MICHELIN XAND 200B 29.5R25 300 44 375 54 375 54
for training operators or to diagnose machine INFORMATION

50 TON ARTICULATED DUMP TRUCK MICHELIN XAND 200B 29.5R25 300 44 375 54 375 54
50 TON ARTICULATEDFRONT
DUMP TRUCK
MIDDLE REAR BRIDGESTONE VLT DEZ MS* 29.5R25 400 58 425 62 425 62
MAKE MODEL SIZE
problems. Keep all other riders off this MAKE
GOOD YEAR MODEL
GP-4D 203B SIZE
875/65R29
kPa PSI kPa
FRONT
kPa44PSI400
300
PSI kPaREAR
MIDDLE
kPa58PSI400
PSI
kPa58PSI
GOOD YEAR RL-2+* 29.5R25 350 51 450 65 450 65
GOOD YEARXAD65-1
MICHELIN GP-4D203B
203B 875/65R29 3004044 350
875/65R29 275 400 5158 350
400 5158 BRIDGESTONE VLT E3 MS T/L 29.5R25 350 51 425 62 425 62
machine. Always wear your seat belt. MICHELIN XAD65-1 203B 875/65R29 275 40 350 51 350 51
GOOD YEAR TL3A+ 29.5R25 350 51 450 65 450 65
207332_E
207339-aFM 208643FM
208643FM
INFORMATION
Located inside the cab CAUTION

BEFORE WELDING ON THIS UNIT:
To avoid control circuit damage:
MAKE
MICHELIN
MODEL
XADN 193B
SIZE
26.5R25
FRONT MIDDLE REAR
kPa PSI kPa PSI kPa PSI
350 51 400 58 400 58
on the rear panel 1. Turn the electrical disconnect

switch to “OFF”.
2. Make sure the vehicle ground straps
are properly installed.
3. The welding ground clamp must
have a good connection to the
MICHELIN
BRIDGESTONE VLT DEZ MS*

XADT 193B 26.5R25
26.5R25
350 51
400 58
400
475
58
69
400
475
58
69
machine structure and close to the
point of weld. GOOD YEAR RL-2+ ** 26.5R25 400 58 500 73 500 73
4. Attach welding ground clamp directly
to structure before welding. 400 58 450 65 450 65
CONTINENTAL STL3/STL2+ 26.5R25
CAUTION
207334_C
WARNING CAUTION
CAUTION
Torque all wheel nuts to 650 N.m BEFORE WELDING ON THIS UNIT:
1. Turn the electrical disconnect
BEFORE WELDING ON THIS UNIT:
[480 LB.FT.] after the first switch to “OFF”.

AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

are properly installed. 2. Make sure the vehicle ground straps
5 hours and then again after 3. The welding ground clamp must
are properly installed.
point of weld. machine structure and close to the
*READ AND UNDERSTAND OPERATOR’S MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING 50 hours. Repeat this procedure 4. Attach welding ground clamp directly
to structure before welding.
point of weld.
if wheels are changed.

*THIS MACHINE. WARNING WARNING
*OPERATE ONLY FROM THE OPERATOR’S SEAT. INFORMATION
Torque all wheel nuts to 650 N.m
[480 LB.FT.] after the first
Torque all wheel nuts to 650 N.m
[480 LB.FT.] after the first
*BEFORE LEAVING SEAT: LOWER BODY TO FRAME REST. 20 Ton Articulated Dump Truck 5 hours and then again after 5 hours and then again after
FRONT MIDDLE REAR 50 hours. Repeat this procedure 50 hours. Repeat this procedure
PLACE TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL. MAKE
GOODYEAR
MODEL
RL-2+ 177B
SIZE
20.5R25
PSI KPA PSI KPA PSI KPA
33 225 52 360 52 360
if wheels are changed. if wheels are changed.
APPLY PARK BRAKE. MICHELIN
GOODYEAR
XADN 177B 20.5R25
20.5R25
29 200 52 360 52 360
47 325 76 525 76 525 INFORMATION INFORMATION
GP2B 2*
STOP ENGINE (TURN KEY SWITCH TO OFF). (65km/h)
PIRELLI RM94 20.5R25 36 250 58 400 58 400 25 Ton Articulated Dump Truck
FRONT MIDDLE REAR
MAKE MODEL SIZE FRONT MIDDLE REAR
MAKE MODEL SIZE PSI KPA PSI KPA PSI KPA
*DO NOT PERMIT RIDERS. BRIDGESTONE
YOKOHAMA
VLT
RB31
20.5R25
20.5R25
44 300 62 425 62 425
44 300 62 425 62 425
MICHELIN XADN 185B 23.5R25
PSI KPA PSI KPA PSI KPA
36 250 44 300 44 300
MICHELIN
MICHELIN
XADN 185B
XAD65-190B
23.5R25
750/65R25
40 275 54 375 54 375
29 200 44 300 44 300
*AVOID CONTACT WITH OVERHEAD OBSTACLES WHEN OPERATING OR

GOODYEAR RL - 2+ 185B 23.5R25 44 300 55 380 55 380
208256_F_CDR 207309-C 207308-C
*HAULING THE TRUCK.

*USE EXTRA CARE TO AVOID TIP-OVER WHEN DUMPER BODY IS RAISED.
207307FM
Located on the
silencer heat
Located inside the cab shield
on the roof panel
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS
INJURY
Block wheels to
prevent machine
movement before
deactivating park
brake for towing.
207338FM
Located inside
WARNING
the cab next
WARNING SPRING UNDER
to the park brake
COMPRESSED AIR
PRESSURE
Read the manual
RESERVOIR
Avoid injury, drain
before carrying out
completely before carrying maintenance in this
out maintenance. area 207350FM
Typical working pressure:
800 kPa (116 PSI).
207349-AFM Located on the inside of the rear chassis
Located on the air reservoir WARNING WARNING

Ensure that the cab
Ensure that the cab support is properly
support is properly engaged before
WARNING engaged before carrying out any
carrying out any maintenance in this
HIGH PRESSURE area.
HYDRAULICS maintenance in this
See manual for correct area.
maintenance procedure. WARNING 207383
Typical working
pressure: 8000 kPa
(1160 PSI).
AVOID INJURY Located on the chassis
207329FM
Ensure propshaft
guards are in
underneeth the cab For
place at all times B50D
Located inside the battery box 207330FM 208046
Located on the chassis

Located on the inside of the front chassis underneeth the cab For
B20D; B25D; B30D; B35D
& B40D GD0038CVG2
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 29

Located inside WARNING DANGER Located inside WARNING

WARNING WARNING WARNING the cab on the Serious injury or the cab on the
death can result
Any alteration, modification, Any alteration, modification, Any alteration, modification, rear pillar from contact with rear pillar
repair, structural damage or repair, structural damage or repair, structural damage or electric lines.
an overturn reduces this an overturn reduces this an overturn reduces this Never move any
structure’s protective structure’s protective structure’s protective part of unit or load
capabilities and invalidates capabilities and invalidates capabilities and invalidates
closer than:
this certification. Consult
the manufacturer to
the manufacturer to
the manufacturer to
IMPORTANT Avoid crushing 3m[10FT] plus twice
determine this structure’s determine this structure’s determine this structure’s Do not jump the line insulator
limitations. limitations. limitations. EMERGENCY EXIT if machine tips length to an
Use tool to break window electric line.
STAY CLEAR
ROLLOVER (ROPS) AND ROLLOVER (ROPS) AND ROLLOVER (ROPS) AND USE
FALLING OBJECT (FOPS) FALLING OBJECT (FOPS) FALLING OBJECT (FOPS) SEAT OPERATOR MAY
PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION
BELT REVERSE
207192FM
MACHINE.
Performance certified at Performance certified at Performance certified at 207337FM
date of manufacture to: date of manufacture to: date of manufacture to:
207411FM
207191FM
ROPS: ROPS: ROPS:
SAE J 1040: 1994
ISO 3471: 2000
SAE J 1040: 1994
ISO 3471: 1994
SAE J 1040: 1994
ISO 3471: 1994
Located inside Located on the rear
FOPS: FOPS: FOPS:
the cab on the of the machine & on
SAE J/ISO 3449: 1998
ISO 3449: 1992
SAE J/ISO 3449: 1998 SAE J/ISO 3449: 1998 right hand side the sides of the machine
ISO 3449: 1998 ISO 3449: 1992
window
PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
PART NUMBERS: PART NUMBERS: PART NUMBERS:
208395 206308, 207916 202055, 207915
CERTIFIED PRIME MOVER CERTIFIED PRIME MOVER CERTIFIED PRIME MOVER

MASS: MASS: MASS: DANGER
16500 Kg (36376 lbs.) 13700 Kg (30203 Lbs.) 8600 Kg (18960 Lbs.)
CERTIFIED ARTICULATED CERTIFIED ARTICULATED To avoid injury or
CERTIFIED ARTICULATED DUMP TRUCK MODELS: DUMP TRUCK MODELS: death, install bin
B40D, 400D, AH400D, support pole before
DUMP TRUCK MODELS: B35D, 350D, AH350D. B30D, B25D, B20D, B18D carrying out any
B50D, AH500D maintenance in
this area
207351FM
BELL EQUIPMENT C0. S.A.
BELL EQUIPMENT C0. S.A. BELL EQUIPMENT C0. S.A.
(PTY) LTD
(PTY) LTD (PTY) LTD
RICHARDS BAY
SOUTH AFRICA RICHARDS BAY
SOUTH AFRICA
RICHARDS BAY
SOUTH AFRICA
Located on both sides of
217573
207417-AFM
207414-D
the rear chassis
Located inside the cab WARNING
Crushing injury may result in
hinge area if machine is turned.
Make sure people are clear of
machine before starting engine
or moving steering wheel.
Attach locking bar before
performing service near center
of machine or transporting on
a truck.
207336FM
Located on both sides of

the articulation joint
WARNING
AVOID INJURY
Keep clear
IMPORTANT Located inside
Neutral to forward or reverse
of rotating shifts are automatically prevented the cab next to
fan blades at high engine speeds. Reduce
207331FM engine speed to below 900 rpm the gear shift
to allow neutral to forward or control
reverse shift.
Located in the engine 207385-AFM
compartment on the
fan cowling DANGER IMPORTANT
Start only from
WARNING seat in park or Raising:
CAB TILT PROCEDURE
1.Park truck on level ground with body lowered. Engage
PRESSURISED GAS neutral. park brake.

2.Turn ignition switch off. Turn battery disconnect switch off.
3.Close cab and right hand side external compartment
Avoid injury from escaping Starting in gear doors. Mirrors to be in normal operating position.
4.Remove 2 retaining bolts per left hand side rubber cab
fluid. Refer to manual for kills. mounting.
5.Insert tilt pump lever into the pump.
correct removal, installation
207408FM
6.Put directional valve lever in “Cab Raise” position.
7.Pump until cab is tilted to the up position.
8.Slowly rotate directional valve clockwise towards “Cab
Located in the engine
and maintenance procedure.
compartment on the
Lower” position while pressing the cab pole handle
towards the engine compartment.
Typical working pressure:
4800 kPa (700 PSI). Located on the starter 9.Ensure the cab support sliding bolt is properly locked into
the slot notch profile.
207340FM
10.Place tilt pump lever in “Cab Raise” position.
Lowering:
1.Ensure the cab area is free of obstacles.
2.Directional valve lever to be in “Cab Raise” position.
cab tilt pump
3.Ensure conditions apply as per 3 above.
4.Pump cab upward until peg has disengaged from
support strut slot.
Located on the suspension 5.Slowly rotate directional valve lever clockwise, while
pulling cab pole handle away from engine compartment,
lowering cab until properly seated.
6.Install and torque new locking bolts. Refer to operator
cylinders manual and parts manual for correct fastener and torque
specifications.
7.Ensure directional valve lever is in “Cab Lower” position.
207382-C
GD0039CVG2
207823FM
Located on the left and right side on the bin top

channel.
30 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

MCB 60A
IGNITION
CB1 20A CB2 20A
DO NOT
OPERATE 12V PURGING UNIT
FUEL FILTER
COOLANT LEVEL
THIS TAG MUST ONLY BE SWITCH
REMOVED BY THE PERSON 216065
SERVICING THE MACHINE.

Located inside the battery box around circuit
breakers for the B20D; B25D & B30D.
CB2 20A CB1 20A
MCB 60A
IGNITION
PURGING UNIT 12V

FUEL FILTER
COOLANT LEVEL
SWITCH
PART No. 870050
217846
Located inside the PM pack wallet.

Located inside the battery box around circuit
breakers for the B35D; B40D & B50D.
IMPORTANT
REMOVE AND CLEAN AIRCON
FILTER DAILY, WHEN OPERATING
IN A DUSTY ENVIRONMENT.
(FILTER LOCATED BEHIND
OPERATOR'S SEAT.)
218033-A
Located in the cab on the airconditioner filter Located on the left and right side of the bonnet of
cover. the B20D.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 31

207345FM
Located on the left and right side of the bonnet of

the B25D.
207310FM
207346FM
Located at the rear lifting points.

the B30D.
207292FM
HYDRAULIC
the B35D. OIL
LEVEL
207348FM
207293FM
207348FM

the B40D. Located on the hydraulic tank of the B20D.
208642FM

the B50D.
32 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

HOT
COLD Located in the cab, at the tip lever.

207409-AFM
WARNING
% MAXIMUM SPEED
54% 1 10.1 km/h 6.3 Mph
31% 2 16.4 km/h 10.2 Mph
20 TON (6X4) 19% 3 28 km/h 17.4 Mph
ADT 14% 4 39.7 km/h 24.7 Mph
10% 5 56.3 km/h 35.0 Mph
9% 6 65 km/h 40.4 Mph
This decal applies to 20 Ton (6X4) ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of
33665 Kg. [74219 lb], with the exhaust brake & EVB fully functional, the transmission
retarder set to maximum, and with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
216499
Located on the windscreen of the B18D 6X4.
HYDRAULIC %
WARNING
MAXIMUM SPEED
OIL 20 TON (6X6)

65%
36%
21%
1
2
3
8.8 km/h
14.3 km/h
5.4 Mph
8.9 Mph
24.4 km/h 15.2 Mph
ADT
LEVEL 15%
11%
10%
4
5
6
35.5 km/h 21.5 Mph
49 km/h 30.5 Mph
59.1 km/h 36.7 Mph
This decal applies to 20 Ton (6X6) ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of
33430 Kg. [73701 lb], with the exhaust brake & EVB fully functional, the transmission
retarder set to maximum, and with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
216500
208320FM
Located on the windscreen of the B18D 6X6.
Located on the hydraulic tank of the B35D; B40D
& B50D.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 33

WARNING WARNING
% MAXIMUM SPEED % MAXIMUM SPEED
56% 1 10.1 km/h 6.3 Mph 20% 1 7km/h 4.3Mph
32% 2 16.4 km/h 10.2 Mph 11% 2 16km/h 9.9Mph
20 TON (6X4) 19% 3 28 km/h 17.4 Mph
35 Ton 9% 3 24km/h 14.9Mph
ADT ADT 6% 4 37km/h 23.0Mph
14% 4 39.7 km/h 24.7 Mph
5% 5 49km/h 30.4Mph
10% 5 50 km/h 35.0 Mph
4% 6 53km/h 32.9Mph
9% 6 50 km/h 40.4 Mph
This decal applies to 20 Ton (6X4) ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of This decal applies to 35 ton ADT's with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of
32358 Kg. [71337 lb], with exhaust brake and hydraulic retarder fully functional 58390kg (128458lb), with the exhaust brake and EVB fully functional, and
and with the transmission locked in the specified gear. with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
208255_D 207335-AFM
Located on the windscreen of the B20D 6X4. Located on the windscreen of the B35D.
WARNING WARNING
MAXIMUM SPEED % MAXIMUM SPEED
59% 1 9 km/h 5.6 Mph 27% 1 7.6km/h 4.7Mph

37% 2 14 km/h 8.8 Mph 20% 2 16.2km/h 10.0Mph
B20D (6X6) 40 Ton 15% 3 23.4km/h 14.5Mph
22% 3 25 km/h 15.6 Mph
ADT ADT 11% 4 35.8km/h 22.2Mph
16% 4 35 km/h 21.9 Mph
12% 5 49 km/h 30.6 Mph 9% 5 46.8km/h 29.1Mph
10% 6 59 km/h 36.9 Mph 8% 6 53.2km/h 33.1Mph
This decal applies to B20D (6X6) ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of This decal applies to 40 ton ADT's with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of 64700kg
(142340lb), with the exhaust brake and EVB fully functional, the transmission retarder
31540 Kg. [69533 lb], with exhaust brake and hydraulic retarder fully functional
lever in maximum position, and with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
and with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
208352-FM 217038
Located on the windscreen of the B20D 6X6. Located on the windscreen of the B40D.
WARNING WARNING
% MAXIMUM SPEED
% MAXIMUM SPEED
52% 1 8 km/h 4.9 Mph
31% 1 6.9 km/h 4.3 Mph
33% 2 13 km/h 7.9 Mph
25 TON 18% 2 14.6 km/h 9.1 Mph
20% 3 22 km/h 13.5 Mph
ADT 50 TON 14% 3 21.2 km/h 13.2 Mph
14% 4 31 km/h 19.2 Mph
ADT 11% 4 32.4 km/h 20.1 Mph
11% 5 44 km/h 27.2 Mph
9% 5 42.4 km/h 26.3 Mph
9% 6 53 km/h 32.8 Mph
8% 6 48.2 km/h 29.9 Mph
This decal applies to 25 Ton ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of
39930 Kg. [88030 lb], with exhaust brake and hydraulic retarder fully functional This decal applies to 50 Ton ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of
and with the transmission locked in the specified gear. 81553 Kg. [179794 lb], with the exhaust brake & EVB fully functional, the transmission
207342-BFM retarder set to maximum, and with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
216501
Located on the windscreen of the B25D.

Located on the windscreen of the B50D.
WARNING
% MAXIMUM SPEED
47% 1 8 km/h 4.9 Mph
29% 2 13 km/h 7.9 Mph
30 TON 18% 3 22 km/h 13.5 Mph
ADT 13% 4 31 km/h 19.2 Mph
10% 5 44 km/h 27.2 Mph
9% 6 53 km/h 32.8 Mph
This decal applies to 30 Ton ADT’s with a fully laden gross vehicle mass of
45070 Kg. [99365 lb], with exhaust brake and hydraulic retarder fully functional
and with the transmission locked in the specified gear.
207341-BFM
207290FM
Located on the windscreen of the B30D. Located on the front chassis front plate.
34 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Located inside the cab next to the park brake

switch.
R134a (OFF)
Refrigerant
PAG P
P
Lubricant
207381FM (ON) 207412
207412-BFM
Located inside the evaporator compartment on
the right hand side of the cab.
207311FM
Bell Logo located on the left- and right hand side

of the cab.
WARNING
207304FM
NO ETHER
Electrical pre-heater built in.
Located on the front plate of the rear chassis.
Personal injury may result.
207306FM
Located on the air cleaner.
207312FM
Located on the front of the bonnet. (See Parts

Manuals for correct decal no.).
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 35

RAISE
L
L
LOWER
207897-AFM
Located on the cab lift pump.
216424
207900
Located on the left hand side of the cab on the

bottom next to the door of the B25D & B30D.
3 208314
Located on the bottom of the right hand side rear

pillar of the B25D & B30D.
Located on the bottom of the right hand side rear

216423
pillar of the B35D; B40D & B50D.

bottom next to the door of the B35D & B40D.
36 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

GREASE
POINTS
L
208315
R
bottom next to the door of the B50D.
FACTORY END-OF-LINE
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION L
MACHINE SERIAL NO. : ________________
DATE OF INSPECTION : ________________

END-OF-LINE
SIGN OFF BY : ________________________
P.D.I. SIGN OFF BY : ___________________
201886_B
Located in the cab.
GREASE POINTS R
207305FM
L
Located at the grease points on the rear chassis
at the oscillation joint on the B35D & B40D.
207347-AFM
Located on the front chassis, at the right hand

steering cylinder on the B35D & B40D.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 37

GREASE POINTS
HOT
207344FM
Located between the bin hinges on the rear

chassis of the B35D & B40D.
GREASE
EVERY
500HRS
218321
Located at grease points to be greased every
COLD
500 hours on the B35D & B40D.
GREASE POINT
USE ONLY
GREASE
HIGH
EVERY TEMPERATURE
500HRS GREASE
216127_A
WDB
Located on the P.T.O. prop shaft under the cab OIL
of the B50D just behind the turbo heat shield. LEVEL
217420-CFM
Located on the wet disc brake tank next to the

sight glass on the B40D only.
38 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

WARNING
WARNING LSU
(LEFT HAND
SIDE UP)
CRUSHING INJURY
Ensure Electrical
connections are correctly
fitted. Do not connect /
GNIDNUORRUS disconnect while the
EB OT REDROB ignition is on.
LSD mm4 Refer to Operator’s
(LEFT HAND
SIDE DOWN) Manual.
216545
CRUSHING INJURY Located on the left hand side of the front chassis
INSERT FRONT SUSPENSION
SAFETY STOP BLOCKS
of the B50D next to the accumulators.
BETWEEN AXLE AND CHASSIS.
REFER TO OPERATORS
WARNING
MANUAL.
216203
Located on the exhaust heat shield of the B50D.
WARNING CRUSHING INJURY

* Do not disconnect / loosen any of
the suspension hoses until the
pressure in the system has been
released.
* Front chassis could ‘sag’ slowly
after the engine has been switched
off.
* Refer to Operator’s Manual for the
correct removal, installation and
maintenance procedure of the
suspension hoses in this area.
217486
Located on both sides of the front chassis of the

B50D (See SB 2005/1047). CRUSHING INJURY
Do not touch or move
WARNING the Height Sensor
RSU
CRUSHING INJURY
(RIGHT HAND
SIDE UP) when the ignition is on.
Ensure Electrical
connections are correctly Refer to Operator’s
fitted. Do not connect /
SURROUNDING disconnect while the Manual.
BORDER TO BE ignition is on.
4mm RSD Refer to Operator’s
(RIGHT HAND
SIDE DOWN) Manual.
216544
Located on the right hand side of the front

chassis of the B50D next to the accumulators.
217487
Located on both sides of the front chassis of the

B50D (See SB 2005/1047).
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 39

IMPORTANT
AUTOMATIC GREASING
When the pump has switched off due to Low grease in
the reservoir*: IMPORTANT
1. Fill pump through grease nipple / quick coupler
2. Switch ignition "On"
3. Reset pump by depressing TEST button for 2 seconds (max)
*Auto greaser cab feedback unit indicates status of system.

Refer to Operator's Manual.
218688
Always
Located on the right hand front chassis next to
engage
the automatic greaser pump.
Park
AUT OMAT IC GREASER
DISPLAY SIGNALS
Brake
Low level
R e s e rv o ir n e e d s to b e fille d .
before
Error
S y s te m o u t o f o p e ra tio n , c a u s e d b y
e m p ty re s e rv o ir o r s y s te m fa ilu re .
leaving
operator’s
S y s te m c a n b e re s e t w ith th e te s t-
b u tto n o n th e p u m p , a fte r re fill o r re p a ir.
Light duty greasing mode

L o n g in te rv a l.
Normal duty greasing mode

seat.
S ta n d a rd in te rv a l.
Heavy duty greasing mode 207277-AFM

S h o rt in te rv a l.
To s e le c t th e re q u ire d d u ty m o d e , p re s s th e m o d e b u tto n
Located inside the cab above the park brake
re p e a te d ly u n til th e c o rre s p o n d in g L E D illu m in a te s .
lever.
218873
Located inside the cab next to the automatic

greaser control panel on the right hand side pillar.
217178
Located on the left and right hand side bonnet.
40 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

MANUFACTURED BY:
BELL EQUIPMENT CO.SA. (PTY) LTD.
RICHARDS BAY, SOUTH AFRICA
MACHINE
MODEL:
YEAR OF MANUFACTURE:
VIN NO:
PIN NO:
CAB
SN:
ENGINE
MODEL:
SN:
GROSS POWER: kw
TRANSMISSION
MODEL:
SN:
TRANSFER CASE
MODEL:
SN:
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
MODEL:
SN:
MID DIFFERENTIAL
MODEL:
SN:
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
MODEL:
SN:
AXLE: EMPTY LADEN

FRONT kg kg
MIDDLE kg kg
REAR kg kg
TOTAL kg kg
PAYLOAD kg
176114-BFM
Located inside the cab on the rear pillar.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 41

R1 - 12V SUPPLY R2 - GEAR HOLD TCU S1 - STUD 1

ECU (20A on JD ECU)
30 30 OEU BATTERY POWER
CCU2
87a 87a MM
BATTERY BALANCER
85 86 85 86
87 87 DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
BATTERY
FUSE 1
FUSE 2
FUSE 3
FUSE 4
FUSE 5
FUSE 6
FUSE 7
10A
10A
20A
20A
10A
10A
10A
MDU2
R3 - AUTO NEUTRAL R4 - OVERSPEED
IQAN FUSE 43 12V RADIO IGNITION
30 30 INTERIOR LIGHT, BRAKE SWITCH
& HAZARD SWITCH 10A
87a 87a FUSE 44 12V 2WAY RADIO &
REVERSE MONITOR
85 86 85 86 10A
BATTERY
87 87
SPARE 1
SPARE 2
SPARE 3
SPARE 4
FUSE 10
FUSE 8
FUSE 9
FUSE 45 12V POWER SOCKET &
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
12V CIGARETTE LIGHTER
10A
FUSE 46 MM 12V INPUT &
CCU 12V INPUT
10A
FUSE 47 12V BATTERY POWER -
RADIO SUPPLY
10A
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION
SPARE 5
FUSE 15 TCU FUSE 22 OEU FUSE 29 CCU2 FUSE 36 HARDWARE DETECTION, MM IGN. STATUS, PARK
IGNITION STATUS IGNITION STATUS BRAKE DASH & PRES.SWITCH, HIGH RANGE DIODE 1 ALTERNATOR D+
10A 10A 10A 10A PRES. SWITCH
FUSE 16 COLDSTART FUSE 23 OEU OUTPUT FUSE 30 CCU2 OUTPUT FUSE 37 12V RELAY, FR WIPER PARK SIGNAL, HDLIGHT
DRIVER SUPPLY 2 DRIVER SUPPLY 2 SWITCH, DRIVER ID, AUTO GREASER
40A 25A 25A 10A INDICATOR, REAR WIPER MOTOR PARK SIGNAL
FUSE 17 ECU FUSE 24 OEU OUTPUT FUSE 31 CCU2 OUTPUT FUSE 38 LOW ACC BRAKE PRES., EMERGENCY
DRIVER SUPPLY 1 DRIVER SUPPLY 1 STEERING, TPM ON 4206D
10A 15A 15A 10A
FUSE 18 OEU OUTPUT FUSE 25 CCU2 OUTPUT FUSE 32 DIAGNOSTIC FUSE 39 AUTO GREASER IGN. SUPPLY
DRIVER SUPPLY 3 DRIVER SUPPLY 3 CONNECTOR
20A 20A 10A 10A
FUSE 19 OEU OUTPUT FUSE 26 CCU2 OUTPUT FUSE 33 MDU2 FUSE 40 ELECTRICAL SEAT
S2 - STUD 2
DRIVER SUPPLY 6 DRIVER SUPPLY 6 IGNITION STATUS
30A 30A 10A 10A
IGNITION POWER
FUSE 20 OEU OUTPUT FUSE 27 CCU2 OUTPUT FUSE 34 IQAN FUSE 41 OBW, TPM
DRIVER SUPPLY 4 DRIVER SUPPLY 4 IGNITION SYPPLY
20A 20A 10A 10A
FUSE 21 OEU OUTPUT FUSE 28 CCU2 OUTPUT FUSE 35 MIRROR ELECTRICAL ZF EOL ZF EOL PROG. PIN
DRIVER SUPPLY 5 DRIVER SUPPLY 5
20A 20A 10A
217845
Located inside the fuse panel lid.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT OVER SPEED MACHINE
Serious damage can result.
Under NO circumstances must engine speed exceed 2800 rpm.
n/min
2306D, T17D & 20, 25 & 30 ton machines.
217827-BV
Located on the windscreen of the B20D; B25D & B30D.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT OVER SPEED MACHINE
Serious damage can result.
Under NO circumstances must engine speed exceed 2400 rpm.
n/min
4206D & 35, 40 & 50 ton machines.
217826-BV
Located on the windscreen of the B35D; B40D & B50D.
42 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

GREASE GREASE
POINTS POINTS
GREASE
EVERY
500HRS
208073FM
Located on the rear of the chassis at the grease

GREASE point at the steering cylinder pivot point.
EVERY
GREASE
500HRS
POINTS
207291-AFM
Located at the grease points at the oscillation

joint.
GREASE
EVERY
500HRS
207380FM
216679
Located at the rear of the truck on the rear
chassis.
Located above the ignition switch.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 43

INFORMATION GREASE
HYDRAULIC TEST
POINTS
POINTS
MP1
MP 2
M4
REFER TO OMM
207995FM
GREASE
Located on the hydraulic tank next to the EVERY
hydraulic test points.
500HRS
207410_B
Located at the grease points at the oscillation
joint.
44 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

20 TON PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART

R E F E R T O O P E R AT O R ' S M A N U A L F O R
D E TA I L E D I N F O R M AT I O N
ALL SYSTEM CHECKS ARE TO BE MADE WITH:

- MACHINE ON LEVEL SURFACE
- BODY LOWERED
- TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL WITH PARK BRAKE ENGAGED
- REMOVE KEY FROM IGNITION SWITCH AND ATTACH “DO NOT OPERATE” WARNING SIGN TO STEERING WHEEL
- TURN BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH TO “OFF” POSITION
- INSTALL ARTICULATION LOCK BAR
I M P O R TA N T N O T E S :
- R E F E R T O O P E R AT O R S M A N U A L F O R C O R R E C T M A I N T E N A N C E P R O C E D U R E S
- F O R B R E A K I N O R R E B U I L D , S E E O P E R AT O R S M A N U A L
- F O R S E V E R E W O R K I N G C O N D I T I O N S , R E D U C E S E R V I C E I N T E R V AL S
A. C H A N G E I N T E R V AL S M AY B E E X T E N D E D B Y O I L S A M P L I N G
B. C H A N G E I N T E R V AL S T O E V E R Y 2 5 0 H R S I F O P E R AT E D I N E X T R E M E LY W E T C O N D I T I O N S
C. R E F E R T O B U L L E T O N 2 0 0 0 / 0 3 3 R E G A R D I N G W A TE R A N D C O O L A N T S P E C I F I C AT I O N
D. I N S E V E R E A P P L I C AT I O N S C H E C K W E E K LY O R D A I LY
37 38 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
INTERVAL ITEM ITEM MAINTENANCE APPROVED

HOURS No. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
POINT
AS REQ 2 AIR CLEANER SECONDARY FILTER 1 REPLACE EVERY THIRD PRIMARY FILTER CHANGE - MINIMUM ONCE A YEAR BELL FILTERS
AS REQ 13 TYRES 6 CHECK TYRE PRESSURE
AS REQ 29 PRIMARY FUEL FILTER / WATER SEPERATOR 2 CHECK COLD, DRAIN WATER BEFORE STARTING
AS REQ 37 ENGINE CRANK CASE BREATHER 1 CHECK AND CLEAN ELEMENT
AS REQ 34 TRANSMISSION COOLER 1 CHECK, CLEAN IF REQUIRED
AS REQ 32 RADIATOR GRILL, AIRCON CONDENSER CHECK, CLEAN IF REQUIRED
AS REQ 36 CHARGE AIR COOLER 1 CHECK, CLEAN IF REQUIRED
AS REQ 3 PRE CLEANER ASSEMBLY CHECK, CLEAN IF REQUIRED
AS REQ 28 RADIATOR EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT 1 CHANGE THE COOLANT ( C )
AS REQ 38 HINGES (BONNET AND BELLY PLATE) GREASE
10 1 AIR CLEANER PRIMARY FILTER 1 CHECK INDICATOR, REPLACE IF REQUIRED - MINIMUM ONCE A YEAR
10 4 OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS CHECK BELL FILTERS
10 5 WARNING LIGHTS, WARNING BUZZER CHECK EVERY START-UP
10 15 EXTERNAL LIGHTS, REVERSE BUZZER CHECK
10 20 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK COLD
10 22 TRANSFER CASE OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK THE OIL LEVEL
10 25 TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK COLD OR WARM WHILE ENGINE IDLES
10 28 RADIATOR COOLANT LEVEL 1 CHECK COLD
10 27 BRAKE ACCUMULATOR 1 TEST FUNCTION
10 33 ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK
500 14,6 AXLE BREATHERS 2 CHECK, CLEAN IF REQUIRED
500 7 SUSPENSION STRUT 2 CHECK HEIGHTS, LEAKS, RUBBER BOOTS
500 8 AIRCON FILTER 4 CHECK AND CLEAN OR REPLACE (D)
500 12 SERVICE BRAKE 8 CHECK BRAKE PAD WEAR
500 17 PARK BRAKE 1 CHECK BRAKE PAD WEAR
500 18 OSCILLATION THRU DRIVE BEARINGS 2 GREASE UNTIL IT ESCAPES AT JOINT (B) SEE LUBRICANTS
500 19 OSCILLATION JOINT 2 GREASE UNTIL IT ESCAPES AT JOINTS SEE LUBRICANTS
500 19 ARTICULATION JOINT 2 GREASE UNTIL IT ESCAPES AT JOINTS SEE LUBRICANTS
500 21 TRANSFER CASE OIL BREATHER 1 CHECK AND CLEAN
500 24 TRANSMISSION BREATHER 1 CHECK AND CLEAN
500 30 BATTERIES 2 CLEAN AND TIGHTEN TERMINALS
500 33 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER 2 DRAIN WARM AND REPLACE SEE LUBRICANTS
500 35 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS HARNESS CHECK CONDITION OF HARNESS, LOOMS
500 16 DUMP BODY PIVOTS 2 GREASE UNTIL IT ESCAPES AT JOINTS SEE LUBRICANTS
1000 29 PRIMARY FUEL FILTER / WATER SEPERATOR 2 REPLACE FILTER ELEMENT
1000 31 SECONDARY FUEL FILTERS 2 REPLACE EVERY SECOND OIL CHANGE BELL FILTERS
1000 33 ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE 12 ADJUST EVERY SECOND OIL CHANGE
1000 10 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER FILTER 1 REPLACE BELL FILTERS
1000 11 AXLE AND FINAL DRIVE OIL 6 CHECK THE OIL LEVEL
2000 11 AXLE AND FINAL DRIVE OIL 6 DRAIN AND REFILL SEE LUBRICANTS
2000 22 TRANSFER CASE OIL 1 DRAIN AND REFILL
2000 23 TRANSMISSION OIL FILTERS 2 REPLACE EVERY 2000 HOURS OR WITH ABNORMAL OIL SAMPLE (A) BELL FILTERS
2000 23 TRANSMISSION OIL 1 CHANGE THE OIL (A) SEE LUBRICANTS
2000 26 PNEUMATIC SYSTEM AIR DRYER FILTER 1 REPLACE BELL FILTERS
2000 28 RADIATOR EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT 1 CHECK THE COOLANT CONDITION ( C )
4000 9 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM RETURN FILTER 1 REPLACE BELL FILTERS
4000 20 HYDRAULIC TANK 1 DRAIN AND REFILL SEE LUBRICANTS
A M B I E N T T E M P E R AT U R E R A N G E D U R I N G F I L L P E R I O D
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS F - 40 - 22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
C - 40 - 30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE - M-BENZ
- OILS TO MEET ‘M-BENZ 228.5
SPECIFICATIONS SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W-40
PREFERRED: - CASTROL DYNAMAX 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40
TRANSMISSION AND TRANSFER CASE OIL

- USE ONLY CASTROL CASTROL TRANSMAX Z, S OR TRANSYND
TRANSMAX Z, S OR TRANSYND
HYDRAULIC OIL
- OILS TO MEET ATF ATF
COMPLYING WITH VICKERS M-2952-S
SPECIFICATION SAE 10W
SAE 30
PREFERRED: - CALTEX TEXAMATIC TYPE-G
NLGI N0. 2
GREASE
- PREFERRED: - CALTEX MULTIFAK EP NGLI N0. 2 NLGI N0. 1
- CALTEX ULTRA DUTY GREASE NGLI N0.2 NLGI N0. 0
DRIVE AXLES - BELL SAE 80W-90

- OILS TO MEET API GL-5, MT-1, ZF TE-ML05
SPECIFICTION SAE 85W-90
SAE 85W-140
PREFFERED: - CALTEX OIL ZF (80W-90)
216511
Located on the silencer heat shield B18D.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 45

20 TON 6X4 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART

R E FLEVEL
E R T O O P E R AT O R ' S M A N U A L F O R

- BODY LOWERED
- F O R S E V E R E W O R K I N G C O N D I T I O N S , R E D U C E S E R V I C E I N T E R VA L S
A. C H A N G E I N T E R VA L S M AY B E E X T E N D E D B Y O I L S A M P L I N G
B. C H A N G E I N T E R VA L S T O E V E R Y 2 5 0 H R S I F O P E R AT E D I N E X T R E M E LY W E T C O N D I T I O N S
C. R E F E R T O B U L L E T O N 2 0 0 0 / 0 3 3 R E G A R D I N G W AT E R A N D C O O L A N T S P E C I F I C AT I O N

POINT
10 25 TRANSMISSION 1 VISUAL CHECK FOR LEAKS
500 23 TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK WITH TRANS. HOT, WHILE ENGINE IDLES
C - 40 - 30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE - M-BENZ
SAE 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40

HYDRAULIC OIL
SAE 30
NLGI N0. 2
GREASE

SAE 85W-140
208257_C
Located on the silencer heat shield B20D 6X4.
46 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

20 TON 6X6 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART

R E FLEVEL
E R T O O P E R AT O R ' S M A N U A L F O R

- BODY LOWERED
C. R E F E R T O B U L L E T O N 2 0 0 0 / 0 3 3 R E G A R D I N G W AT E R A N D C O O L A N T S P E C I F I C AT I O N

POINT
10 25 TRANSMISSION 1 VISUAL CHECK FOR LEAKS
500 23 TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK WITH TRANS. HOT, WHILE ENGINE IDLES
C - 40 - 30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE - M-BENZ
SAE 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40

HYDRAULIC OIL
SAE 30
NLGI N0. 2
GREASE

SAE 85W-140
208327_B
Located on the silencer heat shield B20D 6X6.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 47

HYDRAULIC 25TON AND 30TON PERIODIC

OIL MAINTENANCE CHART
LEVEL
R E F E R T O O P E R AT O R ' S M A N U A L F O R

- BODY LOWERED
C. R E F E R T O B U L L E T I N 2 0 0 0 / 0 3 3 R E G A R D I N G WAT E R A N D C O O L A N T S P E C I F I C AT I O N

POINT
AS REQ 30 TRANSMISSION COOLERS 2 CHECK, CLEAN IF REQUIRED
10 1 AIR CLEANER PRIMARY FILTER 1 CHECK INDICATOR, REPLACE IF REQUIRED - MINIMUM ONCE A YEAR BELL FILTERS
10 4 OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS CHECK
10 25 TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK COLD OR WARM WHILE ENGINE IDLES
2000 36 RADIATOR EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT 1 CHECK THE COOL ANT CONDITION ( C )
C - 40 - 30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE - M-BENZ
SAE 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40
TRANSMISSION - ZF 6HP592
- USE ONLY CASTROL CASTROL TRANSMAX Z OR S (SAE 70W-80W)
TRANSMAX Z OR S/TRANSYND
HYDRAULIC OIL
SAE 30
NLGI N0. 2
GREASE
- CALTEX ULTRA DUTY GREASE NGLI N0. 2 NLGI N0. 0

- OILS TO MEET API GL-5, MT-1, ZF TE-MLO5
SAE 85W-140
PREFFERED: - CALTEX OIL ZF (85W - 90)
TRANSFER CASE CASTROL TRANSMAX Z OR S (SAE 70W-80W)

- USE ONLY CASTROL
TRANSMAX Z OR S/TRANSYND
208288
207435
Located on the silencer heat shield B25D &

B30D.
48 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

WARNING
Torque all wheel
nuts to 650 N.m
[480 LB.FT.] after
the first 5 hours
and then again
CAUTION after 50 hours.
BEFORE WELDING ON THIS UNIT: Repeat this
procedure if
are properly installed. wheels are
changed.
point of weld.
B35D AND B40D PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

R E F E R T O O P E R AT O R ' S M A N U A L F O R D E TA I L E D I N F O R M AT I O N
I N T E R VA L I T E M MAINTENANCE APPROVED ALL SYSTEM CHECKS ARE TO BE MADE WITH:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
HOURS NO POINTS M AT E R I A L
3 AIR CLEANER PRE-CLEANER 1 CHECK AND CLEAN BOWL - BODY LOWERED
4 A I R C L E A N E R P R I M A R Y F I LT E R 1 REPLACE AS REQ’D ACCORDING BELL FILTERS - TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL WITH PARK BRAKE ENGAGED
T O I N D I C AT O R - M I N I M U M : O N C E A Y E A R - REMOVE KEY FROM IGNITION SWITCH AND ATTACH “DO NOT OPERATE”
4 A I R C L E A N E R S E C O N D A R Y F I LT E R 1 R E P L A C E E V E RY T H I R D P R I M A RY BELL FILTERS WARNING SIGN TO STEERING WHEEL
AS F I LT E R C H A N G E - M I N I M U M : O N C E A Y E A R - TURN BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH TO “OFF” POSITION
REQUIRED 8 P R I M A R Y F U E L F I LT E R / WAT E R S E P E R AT O R 2 C H E C K C O L D . D R A I N WAT E R B E F O R E S TA R T I N G - INSTALL ARTICULATION LOCK BAR
10 CHARGE AIR COOLER 1 CHECK, CLEAN AS REQUIRED
11 TRANSMISSION COOLER 1 CHECK, CLEAN AS REQUIRED
39 R A D I AT O R , G R I L L , A I R C O N C O N D E N S E R CHECK, CLEAN AS REQUIRED
29 5 6 9 10 39 7 4
40 TIRES 6 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE
HINGES GREASE
SEE LUBRICANTS
42 6
1 R A D I AT O R C O O L A N T L E V E L 1 CHECK COLD
4 A I R C L E A N E R P R I M A R Y F I LT E R 1 C H E C K I N D I C AT O R 18
5 ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK 3
15 TRANSFER CASE OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK THE OIL LEVEL 2
17 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK COLD
17 B R A K E A C C U M U L AT O R S 1 T E S T T H E B R A K E A C C U M U L AT O R F U N C T I O N 8 28
24 WET DISC BRAKE COOLING OIL LEVEL 1 CHECK (WHERE APPLICABLE)
10 30 O P E R AT O R C O N T R O L S A N D I N S T R U M E N T S CHECK
HOURS 20
30 WA R N I N G L I G H T S , WA R N I N G B U Z Z E R C H E C K E V E R Y S TA R T- U P 14
OR 31 EXTERNAL LIGHTS, REVERSE BUZZER CHECK
D A I LY 32 AUTO GREASING SYSTEM GREASE LEVEL CHECK (IF APPLICABLE) 19
33 STEERING CYLINDERS 4 G R E A S E U N T I L I T E S C A P E S AT J O I N T 30
34 O S C I L L AT I O N J O I N T S 1 G R E A S E U N T I L I T E S C A P E S AT J O I N T SEE LUBRICANTS
35 A R T I C U L AT I O N J O I N T S 2 G R E A S E U N T I L I T E S C A P E S AT J O I N T SEE LUBRICANTS 17
36 BODY LIFT CYLINDERS 4 G R E A S E U N T I L I T E S C A P E S AT J O I N T SEE LUBRICANTS 23
37 DUMP BODY PIVOT PINS 2 G R E A S E U N T I L I T E S C A P E S AT J O I N T SEE LUBRICANTS
38 O S C I L L AT I O N T H R U D R I V E B E A R I N G S 2 G R E A S E U N T I L I T E S C A P E S AT J O I N T SEE LUBRICANTS
1
SEE LUBRICANTS 13
12
6 E N G I N E O I L A N D O I L F I LT E R 2 D R A I N WA R M A N D R E P L A C E SEE LUBRICANTS 43
22 PA R K B R A K E 1 C H E C K B R A K E PA D W E A R 27
23 CALIPER BRAKE (SERVICE) 8 C H E C K PA D W E A R ( W H E R E A P P L I C A B L E ) ( B ) 42
26 SUSPENSION STRUT 2 CHECK HEIGHTS, LEAKS, RUBBER BOOTS 32
27 A I R C O N A I R F I LT E R 1 CHECK AND CLEAN OR REPLACE (D)
29 B AT T E R I E S 26
500 2/4 C L E A N A N D T I G H T E N T E R M I N A L S 33
32 A U T O - G R E A S I N G F I L L E R F I LT E R
HOURS
(IF APPLICABLE) 1 REPLACE 42
41 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS HARNESSES CHECK CONDITION OF HARNESSES, LOOMS
35
42 AXLE, TRANSMISSION AND TRANSFER 1
C A S E B R E AT H E R 5 CHECK AND CLEAN 15 11
43 PTO PROPSHAFT FRONT U-JOINT 1 INSPECT CONDITION
12 TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL 1 C H E C K C O L D O R WA R M W H I L E E N G I N E I D L E S SEE LUBRICANTS 16
38
7 E N G I N E VA LV E C L E A R A N C E 12 ADJUST
25
8 P R I M A R Y F U E L F I LT E R / WAT E R S E P E R AT O R 2 R E P L A C E F I LT E R E L E M E N T BELL FILTERS 34
9 S E C O N D A R Y F U E L F I LT E R S 2 REPLACE BELL FILTERS
1000 15 T R A N S F E R C A S E O I L F I LT E R 1 R E P L A C E & T O P U P O I L A F T E R F I LT E R BELL FILTERS 36
HOURS CHANGE SEE LUBRICANTS 24
18 H Y D R A U L I C TA N K B R E AT H E R F I LT E R 1 REPLACE 22
21 AXLE AND FINAL DRIVE OIL LEVEL 9 CHECK
2 R A D I AT O R E X T E N D E D L I F E C O O L A N T 1 CHECK COOLANT CONDITIONER 42 23

13 TRANSMISSION OIL 1 CHANGE THE OIL (A) SEE LUBRICANTS
14 T R A N S M I S S I O N F I LT E R S 2 R E P L A C E E V E RY 2 0 0 0 H R S O R BELL FILTERS
2000 WITH ABNORMAL OIL SAMPLE (A)
HOURS 16 TRANSFER CASE OIL 1 DRAIN AND REFILL (A) ( C ) SEE LUBRICANTS
21 AXLE AND FINAL DRIVE OIL 9 DRAIN AND REFILL SEE LUBRICANTS
24 WET DISC BRAKE COOLING OIL 1 CHANGE (WHERE APPLICABLE) SEE LUBRICANTS 40
25 W E T D I S C B R A K E C O O L I N G O I L F I LT E R 1 REPLACE (WHERE APPLICABLE) BELL FILTERS 21
28 P N E U M AT I C S Y S T E M A I R D R Y E R F I LT E R 1 REPLACE BELL FILTERS
4000 19 H Y D R A U L I C S Y S T E M R E T U R N F I LT E R 1 REPLACE
HOURS 20 H Y D R A U L I C TA N K 1 DRAIN AND REFILL (A) SEE LUBRICANTS
8000 2 R A D I AT O R E X T E N D E D L I F E C O O L A N T 1 CHANGE THE COOLANT SEE FLUIDS

HOURS - M I N I M U M : E V E RY 4 Y E A R S
31 36
- R E F E R T O O P E R AT O R S M A N U A L F O R C O R R E C T M A I N T E N A N C E P R O C E D U R E S 37
C. D E P E N D A N T O N S I T E A P P L I C AT I O N
LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

AND FLUIDS C - 40 - 30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE OIL - M-BENZ

SAE 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40
ENGINE COOLANT - M-BENZ CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50

- EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT TO MEET M-BENZ 325.3
- PREFERRED: CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT
PRE-MIX 50/50

HYDRAULIC OIL
SAE 30
WET DISC BRAKES

- OILS TO COMPLY WITH FORD M2C134-D AND
JOHN DEERE JD20C SPECIFICATIONS. 10W-30
PREFERRED: - CALTEX TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM

- OILS TO MEET API GL-5, MIL-L-2105D
SAE 85W-140
PREFFERED: - CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF (80W90)
NLGI N0. 2
GREASE
- PTO PROPSHAFT
207435
Located on the silencer heat shield B35D &

B40D.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 49

WARNING
Torque all wheel
nuts to 650 N.m
[480 LB.FT.] after
the first 5 hours
and then again
CAUTION after 50 hours.
BEFORE WELDING ON THIS UNIT: Repeat this
procedure if
are properly installed. wheels are
changed.
point of weld.
50 TON PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

R E F E R T O T H E S E R V I C E M AN U AL F O R D E TAI LE D I N F O R M AT I O N
I N T E R VAL I T E M M AI N T E N AN C E AP P R O V E D ALL SYSTEM CHECKS ARE TO BE MADE WITH:

ITEM DESCRIPTION
HOURS NO POINTS M AT E R I AL
3 AI R C LE AN E R P R E - C LE AN E R S 2 C H E C K AN D C LE AN BO W L - BODY LOWERED
4 AI R C LE AN E R P R I M AR Y F I LT E R S 1 R E P LAC E AS R E Q ’D AC C O R D I N G BELL FILTERS - TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL WITH PARK BRAKE ENGAGED
T O I N D I C AT O R - M I N I M U M : O N C E A Y E AR - REMOVE KEY FROM IGNITION SWITCH AND ATTACH “DO NOT OPERATE”
4 AI R C LE AN E R S E C O N D AR Y F I LT E R 1 R E P LAC E E V E R Y T H I R D P R I M AR Y BELL FILTERS WARNING SIGN TO STEERING WHEEL
AS F I LT E R C H AN G E - M I N I M U M : O N C E A Y E AR - TURN BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH TO “OFF” POSITION
REQUIRED 8 P R I M AR Y F U E L F I LT E R / W AT E R S E P E R AT O R 2 C H E C K C O LD . D R AI N W AT E R BE F O R E S TAR T I N G - INSTALL ARTICULATION LOCK BAR
10 C H AR G E AI R C O O LE R 1 C H E C K, C LE AN AS R E Q U I R E D
11 T R AN S M I S S I O N C O O LE R 1 C H E C K, C LE AN AS R E Q U I R E D
36 R AD I AT O R , G R I LL, AI R C O N C O N D E N S E R C H E C K, C LE AN AS R E Q U I R E D
37 TIRES 6 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SEE LUBRICANTS 26 5 6 9 10 38 36 43 7 4
HINGES G R E AS E
39
1 R AD I AT O R C O O LAN T LE V E L 1 C H E C K C O LD 6
4 AI R C LE AN E R P R I M AR Y F I LT E R 1 C H E C K I N D I C AT O R 18
5 E N G I N E O I L LE V E L 1 CHECK
12 T R AN S M I S S I O N O I L LE V E L 1 C H E C K C O LD O R W AR M W H I LE E N G I N E I D LE S 2 3
15 T R AN S F E R C AS E O I L LE V E L 1 C H E C K T H E O I L LE V E L
17 H Y D R AU LI C O I L LE V E L 1 C H E C K C O LD 8 41
27 O P E R AT O R C O N T R O LS AN D I N S T R U M E N T S T E S T T H E BR AKE AC C U M U LAT O R F U N C T I O N
10 27 W AR N I N G LI G H T S , W AR N I N G BU Z Z E R CHECK
HOURS 42 3
28 E X T E R N AL LI G H T S , R E V E R S E BU Z Z E R C H E C K E V E R Y S TAR T- U P
OR 29 AU T O G R E AS I N G S Y S T E M G R E AS E LE V E L CHECK
D AI LY 30 S T E E R I N G C Y LI N D E R S 4 CHECK 20 25
31 O S C I LLAT I O N JO I N T 1 G R E AS E F O R F R E S H G R E AS E AT S E AL SEE LUBRICANTS
32 AR T I C U LAT I O N JO I N T S 2 G R E AS E F O R F R E S H G R E A S E AT S E A L SEE LUBRICANTS 19 14
33 BO D Y LI F T C Y LI N D E R S 4 G R E AS E F O R F R E S H G R E A S E AT S E A L SEE LUBRICANTS
34 D U M P BO D Y P I V O T P I N S 2 G R E AS E F O R F R E S H G R E A S E AT S E A L SEE LUBRICANTS
35 O S C I LLAT I O N T H R U D R I V E BE AR I N G S 2 G R E AS E F O R F R E S H G R E A S E AT S E A L 17 27
SEE LUBRICANTS
43 E N G I N E FAN BE LT S 2 G R E AS E F O R F R E S H G R E A S E AT S E A L SEE LUBRICANTS
1
6 E N G I N E O I L AN D O I L F I LT E R 2 D R AI N W AR M AN D R E P LAC E SEE LUBRICANTS
13 T R AN S M I S S I O N O I L LE V E L 1 CHECK 12 13
17 BR AKE AC C U M U LAT O R S 1 T E S T T H E BR AKE AC C U M U LAT O R F U N C T I O N
22 PAR K BR AKE 1 C H E C K BR AKE PAD W E AR 40 24
23 SUSPENSION STRUTS 2 C H E C K C O M M O N R I D E H E I G H T, BO D Y R O LL
C O N T R O L, LE AKS , H O S E S , AC C U M U LAT O R S ,
500 39 29
VALV E M AN I F O LD , E LE C T R I C AL H AR N E S S
HOURS 2/4 C H E C K AN D C LE AN O R R E P LAC E ( C )
24 AI R C O N AI R F I LT E R
26 BAT T E R I E S C LE AN AN D T I G H T E N T E R M I N ALS 23
29 AU T O - G R E AS I N G F I LLE R F I LT E R 1 R E P LAC E 30
38 E LE C T R I C AL C O N N E C T I O N S H AR N E S S E S C H E C K C O N D I T I O N O F H AR N E S S E S , LO O M S 39 32
39 AX LE , T R AN S M I S S I O N AN D T R AN S F E R 5 C H E C K AN D C LE AN
C AS E BR E AT H E R
40 P T O P R O P S H AF T F R O N T U - JO I N T 1 G R E AS E F R O N T U - JO I N TAN D I N S P E C T HIGH TEMP. 15 11
CONDITION GREASE
SEE LUBRICANTS 16
43 E N G I N E FAN BE LT S 2 R E P LAC E BO T H BE LT S 35
7 E N G I N E VALV E C LE AR AN C E 16 AD JU S T
8 P R I M AR Y F U E L F I LT E R / W AT E R S E P E R AT O R 2 R E P LAC E F I LT E R E LE M E N T BELL FILTERS 31
9 S E C O N D AR Y F U E L F I LT E R S 1 R E P LAC E BELL FILTERS
1000 14 T R AN S M I S S I O N F I LT E R S 2 R E P LAC E E V E R Y 1 0 0 0 H R S O R W I T H ABN O R M AL BELL FILTERS 33
HOURS O I L S AM P LE
16 T R AN S F E R C AS E O I L F I LT E R 1 R E P LAC E BELL FILTERS 22
18 H Y D R AU LI C TAN K BR E AT H E R 1 R E P LAC E
21 AX LE AN D F I N AL D R I V E O I L 9 R E P LAC E
41 F U E L TAN K BR E AT H E R 1 R E P LAC E BELL FILTERS 39
42 F U E L D E P T H F I LT E R 1 R E P LAC E F I LT E R E LE M E N T S BELL FILTERS
2 R AD I AT O R E X T E N D E D LI F E C O O LAN T 1 C H E C K C O O LAN T C O N D I T I O N E R
2000 13 T R AN S M I S S I O N O I L 1 C H AN G E T H E O I L SEE LUBRICANTS
HOURS 16 T R AN S F E R C AS E O I L 1 D R AI N AN D R E F I LL ( A) ( B) SEE LUBRICANTS
19 H Y D R AU LI C S Y S T E M R E T U R N F I LT E R 1 R E P LAC E BELL FILTERS
25 P N E U M AT I C S Y S T E M AI R D R Y E R F I LT E R 1 R E P LAC E BELL FILTERS 37
21
4000 HRS 20 H Y D R AU LI C TAN K 1 D R AI N AN D R E F I LL ( A) SEE LUBRICANTS
8000 HRS 2 R AD I AT O R E X T E N D E D LI F E C O O LAN T 1 C H AN G E T H E C O O LAN T - M I N . E V E R Y 4 Y E AR S SEE FLUIDS
28 33
I M P O R TAN T N O T E S :
- R E F E R T O O P E R AT O R S M AN U AL F O R C O R R E C T M AI N T E N AN C E P R O C E D U R E S 34
- F O R BR E AK I N O R R E BU I LD , S E E O P E R AT O R S M AN U AL
- F O R S E V E R E W O R KI N G C O N D I T I O N S , R E D U C E S E R V I C E I N T E R VALS
A. C H AN G E I N T E R VALS M AY BE E X T E N D E D BY O I L S AM P LI N G
B. D E P E N D AN T O N S I T E AP P LI C AT I O N
C. I N S E V E R E AP P LI C AT I O N S C H E C K W E E KLY O R D AI LY
LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

AM BI E N T T E M P E R AT U R E R AN G E D U R I N G F I LL P E R I O D
AND FLUIDS C - 40 - 30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ENGINE OIL - M-BENZ

- OILS TO MEET M-BENZ 228.5
SPECIFICATION SAE 15W-40
SAE 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40
ENGINE COOLANT - M-BENZ CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50

- EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT TO MEET M-BENZ 325.3
- PREFERRED: CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT
PRE-MIX 50/50
TRANSMISSION OIL - ALLISON HD4560R AND

TRANSFER CASE (ATF)
- USE ONLY CASTROL TRANSYND, TRANSMAX Z/S
HYDRAULIC OIL
COMPLYING WITH VICKERS M-2950-S SAE 10W
SPECIFICATION
SAE 30

- LIMITED SLIP OILS TO MEET API GL-5, ZF TE-ML 05C
SAE 85W-90
SPECIFICATIONS
SAE 85W-140
PREFFERED: - CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF (80W90)
GREASE
- PTO PROPSHAFT NLGI N0. 2
PREFERRED: - CASTROL VISCOTEMP NLGI 2
NLGI N0. 1
CASTROL FIRETEMP XT2
- THRU DRIVE BEARINGS, HINGES, OSCILLATION, NLGI N0. 0
ARTICULATION, CYLINDERS
PREFERRED: - CALTEX MULITIFAK EP NGLI 2
216515
Located on the silencer heat shield B50D.
50 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 51

BULLETINS
Record the relevant information from the Technical Documentation Bulletins, Service Bulletins and Parts
Bulletins into this manual as follows:
Ensure the manual number (87————) reflected in the bulletin is the same as the 87——— number at
the top of the main content pages.
Carry out the instructions as detailed in the bulletin.
Record the required information below.
File the bulletins in numerical order in a suitable 3 or 4 ring binder.
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION BULLETIN RECORD

INSERTED BY
BULLETIN No. SUBJECT
NAME SIGNATURE DATE
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 53

TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION BULLETIN RECORD

INSERTED BY
BULLETIN No. SUBJECT
NAME SIGNATURE DATE
54 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

USER’S INFORMATION FEEDBACK FORM

Should you, as user of this manual, have any suggestion for improving the manual, or you find any errors
or omissions, then we would like to know.
Please complete a facsimile of this form and hand it in to your nearest BELL EQUIPMENT Product
Support Representative or post it directly to your nearest BELL EQUIPMENT Branch. Addresses are
given at the beginning of this manual.
Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number): _____________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
Machine Model: _______________________________________________________________________
Serial Number:________________________________________________________________________
VIN: ________________________________________________________________________________
Page Number: ________________________________________________________________________
OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of this manual: (Check one)
Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Company Name: ______________________________________________________________________
Technician Name: _____________________________________________________________________
Address: ____________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
Phone Number: _______________________________________________________________________
Fax Number: _________________________________________________________________________
Thank you for your co-operation.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 55

56 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

PART 1
OPERATOR’S INSTRUCTIONS
AND
MACHINE INFORMATION
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 57

58 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 1. SPECIFICATIONS
MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
Engine DC OM 906 LA Tier 2 & 3
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Om906 LA Tier 2 & 3

Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 In Line
Aspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turbo Charged
Injection type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ± 20 rev/min
Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,5 Bar @ Idle
Engine DC OM 926 LA Tier 2 & 3
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Om926 LA Tier 2 & 3

Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 In Line
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ± 20 rev/min
B18D & B20D & B25D (OM 906 LA Tier 2 & 3)
Gross power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205kw (275 HP) @2200 r.p.m.

Gross Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000Nm (736 lb.ft) @ 1200 - 1600 r.p.m.
B30D (OM 926 LA Tier 2 & 3)
Gross power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 kW (322 HP) @2 200 r.p.m.

Gross Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 300Nm (959 lb. ft) @ 1 300 - 1600 r.p.m.
Engine DC OM501 LA Tier 3
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Om501 LA Tier 2 & Tier 3

Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90° V6
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ± 20 r.p.m.
Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Bar @ High Idle
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 59

Engine DC OM502 LA Tier 3
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Om502 LA Tier 3a

Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90×V8
Aspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Twin-Turbo Charged
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ± 20 r.p.m.
Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Bar @ High Idle
B35D (OM 501 LA Tier 2 & Tier 3)
Gross power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 kW (388.8964 HP) @1 800 r.p.m.

Gross Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 850Nm (1 364.49 lb. ft) @ 1 080 r.p.m.
B40D & B40D Supertruck (OM 501 LA Tier 2 & Tier 3)
Gross power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 kW (422.422 HP) @ 1 800 r.p.m.

Gross Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 000Nm (1 475.124 pd. f) @ 1 080 r.p.m.
B50D (OM 502 LA Tier 2 & Tier 3)
Gross power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 kW (523 HP) @1 800 r.p.m.

Gross Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 200Nm (1 622 pd. f) @ 1 080 r.p.m.
Transmission B18D; B20D; B25D &
B30D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZF 6 HP 592 C Ecomat 2 plus
Transmission
B35D; B40D & B50D
Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allison 4600R ORS Gen IV
Transfer Case (Drop Box B20D; B25D & B30D)
Model B18D 6X4 & B20D 6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VGR 13200

Model B18D 6X6; B20D 6X6; B25D & B30D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VGR 13100
Transfer Case (Drop Box B35D & B40D)
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VGR 17000
Transfer Case (Drop Box B50D)
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VGR 17100SP
60 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Axles
B18D & B20D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BELL 14T
B25D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BELL 15T
B30D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BELL 16T
B35D; B40D & B50D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BELL 25T

Brakes
Service Brakes B20D; B25D & B30D
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Circuit, hydraulic actuated dry disc brakes on all six wheels
Calliper Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Self-adjusting
Service Brakes B30D & B50D ( Bell Wet Disc
Brakes)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Circuit, Oil immersed multi disc brakes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on all axles. Hydraulic actuated.
Service Brakes B35D & B40D Supertruck
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Circuit, hydraulic actuated dry disc brakes on all six wheels
Calliper Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Self-adjusting with wear indicator
Service Brakes B40D (Wet Disc Brakes)
Type . . . . . Dual Circuit, oil immersed multi disc brakes on front and mid axles with oil to air cooler.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic actuated.
Park Brake B20D; B25D & B30D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DX195
Type . . Spring applied, air released, self-adjusting, mechanical calliper on drive-line mounted dry disc
Park Brake B35D; B40D & B50D
Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DXP195
Type . . Spring applied, air released, self-adjusting, mechanical calliper on drive-line mounted dry disc
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 61

Wheels
Tyre size B18D & B20D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,5 R25

Tyre size B25D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5 R25
Tyre size B30D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5 R25
Tyre size B35D and B40D Supertruck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,5 R25
Tyre size B40D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5 R25
Tyre size B50D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875 /65 R29 (29.5R25 Option)
Wheel nut torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 Nm (480 ft lb.)
Suspension System
Front (B18D; B20D; B25D;B35D & B40D)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Semi- independent axle movement, leading A-frame

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . supported on oil/nitrogen suspension struts
Front (B30D)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Semi- independent axle movement, leading A-frame

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . supported on oil/nitrogen suspension struts
Rear (B18D; B20D; B25D; B30D; B35D &
B40D)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pivoting walking beams with laminated suspension blocks.

Hydraulic System
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load sensing

Pump B18D; B20D; B25D & B30D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #31 A10 VO 74

Pump B35D & B40D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A20 VO 60
Pump B50D
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parker P3-145

Pump Emergency Steering System
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10 VO 28
62 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Steering System
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Articulated with two double -acting, hydraulic cylinders
Number of turns lock to lock
B18D; B20D; B25D & B30D
Turns to lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1
B35D & B40D
Turns to lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7
B50D
Turns to lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2

Pneumatic System
B18D; B20D; B25D & B30D
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 litres (5.28 USGAL)
B35D; B40D & B50D
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 litres (6.6 USGAL)

Electrical System
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V
Battery Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 X 12 V, maintenance-free
Battery capacity . . . . . . . . . . . Cold Crank Amps (-18°C (0.4°F): BCI 625 Amps each 2 X 105 Ah
Starter motor capacity For OM 906/926 LA engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 kW
Starter motor capacity For OM 501/502 LA engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 kW
Alternator voltage rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.3 V
Alternator amperage rating For OM 906/926 LA engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 A
Alternator amperage rating For OM 501 LA engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 A
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 63

Power Ratings (bulbs)
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V 70/75 W
Front park light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V 4 W
Front indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V 21 W
Number plate light (B20D Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V 5 W
Stop/tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V Diode Light Unit
Rear indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V Diode Light Unit
Reverse light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3 Halogen - 24 V 75 W
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V 10 W
Frame and Body
Cab
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOPS (SAE J231/ISO 3449)/ROPS (SAE J1040/ISO 3471/1)

Bin
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manufactured from high tensile wear and impact resistant alloy steels
B18D & B20D
Rated payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 000 kg (35 683lb.)

Capacity Struck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 m³ (11.1 yd.³)
Capacity Heaped (SAE 2:1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.0 m³ (14.4 yd.³)
B25D
Rated payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 727 kg (50104 lb)

Capacity Struck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 m³ (13.733 yd.³)
Capacity Heaped (SAE 2:1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.8 m³ (18.05 yd.³)
B30D
Rated payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 228 kg (60 127 lb)

Capacity Struck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.57 m³ (16.44 yd.³)
Capacity Heaped (SAE 2:1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.48 m³ (21.56 yd.³)
B35D
Rated payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 500 kg (36 sh tn)

Capacity Struck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 m³ (19.9 yd.³)
Capacity Heaped (SAE 2:1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 m³ (26.1 yd.³)
B40D and B40D Supertruck

Capacity Struck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.9 m³ (22.1 yd.³)
Capacity Heaped (SAE 2:1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5 m³ (29.4 yd.³)
64 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B50D

Capacity Struck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4 m³ (27.99 yd.³)
Capacity Heaped (SAE 2:1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.2 m³ (36.88 yd.³)
Tip Cylinders
Tip cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 X Single stage, double acting

Tipping angle max. (Can be limited to any lower angle, programable on MDU) . . . . . . . . . . . 70°
B18D; B20D & B25D
Bin raise time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 seconds

Bin lower time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 seconds
B30D & B50D
Bin raise time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5 (70° tip angle) and 11.5 (60° tip angle) seconds
Bin lower time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 (70° tip angle) and 6 (60° tip angle) seconds
B35D; B40D & B40D Supertruck
Bin raise time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 seconds

Bin lower time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 seconds
Mass
B18D 6X4
Total mass, empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 572 kg (32 125 lb.)

Total mass, fully laden (Gross Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 577 kg (71 819 lb.)
B18D 6X6

B20D 6X4

B20D 6X6

B25D

Total mass, fully laden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 500 kg (91 491 lb.)
B30D

Total mass, fully laden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 616 kg (102 771 lb.)
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 65

B35D

B40D

B40D Supertruck

Total mass, fully laden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 986kg (141 088 lb.)
B50D
Total mass, empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 393 kg (80 232.83 lb.)

Total mass, fully laden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 790 kg (180 316.08 lb.)
Travel Speeds
B18D 6X4 & B20D 6X4
1st Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 km/hr (6 m.p.h.)

2nd Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 km/hr (10 m.p.h.)
3rd Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 km/hr (17 m.p.h.)
4th Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 km/hr (25 m.p.h.)
5th Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 km/hr (35 m.p.h.)
6th Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 km/hr (40 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 km/hr (6 m.p.h.)
B18D 6X6 & B20D 6X6
1st Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9km/hr (6 m.p.h.)

2nd Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 km/hr (9 m.p.h.)
3rd Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 km/hr (15 m.p.h.)
4th Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 km/hr (21 m.p.h.)
5th Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 km/hr (30 m.p.h.)
6th Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 km/hr (36 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 km/hr (6 m.p.h.)
B25D
1st Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 km/h (5 m.p.h.)

2nd Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 km/h (8 m.p.h.)
3rd Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 km/h (14 m.p.h.)
4th Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 km/h (19 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 km/h (5 m.p.h.)
66 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B30D
1st Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 km/h (5 m.p.h.)

2nd Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 km/h (8 m.p.h.)
3rd Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 km/h (13 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 km/h (5 m.p.h.)
B35D
1st Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 km/hr (5 m.p.h.)

2nd Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 km/hr (10.6 m.p.h.)
3rd Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.0 km/hr (15 m.p.h.)
4th Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 km/hr (23 m.p.h.)
6th Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 km/hr (33.8 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 km/hr (3.9 m.p.h.)
B40D
1st Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 km/hr (4.6 m.p.h.)

2nd Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 km/hr (9.8 m.p.h.)
3rd Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.8 km/hr (14.2 m.p.h.)
4th Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.8 km/hr (21.6 m.p.h.)
5th Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.6 km/hr (28.3 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 km/hr (3.9 m.p.h.)
B40D Supertruck
1st Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 km/hr (5.7 m.p.h.)

2nd Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 km/hr (12.5 m.p.h.)
3rd Forward Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 km/hr (17.5 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 km/hr (5 m.p.h.)
B50D
1st Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 km/h (4.1 m.p.h.)

2nd Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14. km/h (8.7 m.p.h.)
3rd Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.3 km/h (12.6 m.p.h.)
4th Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 km/h (19.3 m.p.h.)
5th Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.5 km/h (25.2 m.p.h.)
6th Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 km/h (28.6 m.p.h.)
Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 km/h (3.5 m.p.h.)
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 67

Service Capacities
Engine (OM 906 LA & OM 926 LA)
B20D; B25D & B30D
Engine oil (including filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 litres (7.661 USGAL)

Engine oil (initial fill). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 litres (10 USGAL)
Engine coolant (initial and service fills) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 litres (7.4 USGAL)
Engine (OM 501 LA)
B35D & B40D
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 litres (7.4 USGAL)

Engine oil (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 litres (9 USGAL)
Engine coolant (initial and service fills) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.6 litres (8.9 USGAL)
Engine (OM 502 LA)
B50D
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 litres (7.9 USGAL)

Engine oil (initial fill). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 litres (10 USGAL)
Engine coolant (initial and service fills) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.6 litres (8.9 USGAL)
Transmission (ZF 6 HP 592 C Ecomat 2 plus)
Transmission fluid (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 litres (7.93 USGAL)

Transmission fluid (refill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 15 litres (2.6 to 4 USGAL)
Transmission (Allison)
Transmission fluid (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 litres (10.6 USGAL)

Transmission fluid (refill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 litres (9 USGAL)
Transfer Case (VGR 13100; VGR 13200 & VGR 17000)
Transfer Case (initial and service fills) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 litres (1.19 USGAL)
Hydraulic Reservoir
B18D & B20D
Hydraulic reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 litres (18.5 USGAL)
B25D & B30D
Hydraulic system (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 litres (22.5 USGAL)

Hydraulic reservoir (service fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 litres (67.63 USGAL)
B35D & B40D
Hydraulic system (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 litres (48.87 USGAL)

Hydraulic reservoir (service fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177.6 litres (40.9 USGAL)
68 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B50D
Hydraulic system (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268.5 litres (70.9 USGAL)

Hydraulic reservoir (service fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 litres (67.63 USGAL)
Axles
B18D & B20D
Axle oil per axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 litres (10.5 USGAL)

Axle oil (service fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 litres (12.7 USGAL)
Final drive oil (per final drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 litres (0.53 USGAL)
B25D & B30D
Axle oil (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 litres (10.5 USGAL)

Final drive oil (per final drive initial and service fills) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 litres (1.7 USGAL)
B35D & B40D
Axle oil (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 litres (12.15 USGAL)

B50D
Axle oil (initial fill) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 litres (13.2 USGAL)

Cab Tilt System
Cab Tilt System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85 litres (0.5 USGAL)

Windscreen Washer Bottle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 litres (1.59 USGAL)
Fuel
B18D & B20D
Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 litres (53.83 USGAL)
B25D & B30D
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 litres (90 USGAL)
B35D; B40D & B40D Supertruck
Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 litres (128 USGAL)
B50D
Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 litres (150.6 USGAL)
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 69

Machine Dimensions
B18D 6X4 & 6X6 ADT
70 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B20D 6X4 & 6X6 ADT
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 71

B25D
72 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B30D
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 73

B35D
70 °
6139 (20’ 1.7”)

7164 (23’ 6.25”)
5533 (18’ 1.8”)
3701 FROM TOP OF CAB

3701 (12’1.7”)
3060 (10’1/2”)
(12’ 4.4”)
3792
2190 (7’ 2”)
(12’ 2”)
(4’ 5”)
29 °
1348
(2’ 8”)
806
531 (1’ 10”)
978 4471 2472

(3’ 2.5”) (14’ 8”) (8’ 1”)
1374 1950
(4’ 6”) (6’ 5”)
10267 (33’ 8”)
3264 (10’ 8.5”) (Bin Outside)
2982 (9’ 9.4”) (Bin Inside)
523 (1’8.5”)
2541 (8’ 4”)
3215 (10’ 6.6”)
Inside Turning Radius

5055 (16’ 7”)
Outside Turning Radius
9132(29’ 11.5”)
35D0001CFM - 0
74 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B40D Supertruck
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 75

B40D
76 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B50D
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 77

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND COOLANT ADDITIVES
The following chart details the recommended lubricants and coolant additives:
B18D & B20D
BELL EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT AND FLUID CHART

B20D ARTICULATED TRUCKS and HAULERS
Recommended Lubricant Viscosities for use at Ambient Temperatures from

-40O C (-40O F) to 50O C (122O F)
O
F -40 -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
O
Ambient C -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
ENGINE - M-BENZ SAE 15W-40

OILS TO MEET M-BENZ 228.5
SPECIFICATIONS
PREFERRED: - CASTROL DYNAMAX 10W-40 SAE 10W-40
- CALTEX XLD 10W-40
COOLANT: - M-BENZ
EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50 EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50
PREFERRED: - CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50
TRANSMISSION - ZF 6HP 592 C

USE ONLY CASTROL
TRANSMAX-Z OR S/TRANSYND CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z OR S (SAE 70W-80W)
TRANSFER CASE - BELL

OILS TO MEET CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z OR S (SAE 70W-80W)
ALLISON C3/C4 SYNTHETIC
SPECIFICATIONS
AND API GL5
SPECIFICATIONS
DRIVE AXLES - BELL SAE 90

GEAR OIL WITH LIMITED SLIP SAE 80W-90
ADDITIVES:
OILS TO MEET SAE 85W-90
ZF TE-ML05
HYDRAULIC and BRAKING SYSTEM ISO 10

OILS TO MEET ATF
VICKERS M-2952-S
ATF DEXRON III ISO 32
SPECIFICATION
ISO 46
ISO 68
RECOMMENDED SERVICE FILLS o o

(FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BETWEEN -5 C TO 45 C)
COMPONENT OIL DESCRIPTION BELL EQUIPMENT PART No.
ENGINE CALTEX XLD (SAE 10W-40) 910276

COOLANT Extended Life Pre-mix 50/50 910245
TRANSMISSION & CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z/S 910208
TRANSFER CASE Transynd 915043
DRIVE AXLES CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF (SAE 80W-90) 910284
HYDRAULIC & ATF : CALTEX TEXAMATIC Type G 910083

BRAKING SYSTEMS
GENERAL (PINS, BUSHES, ETC) : 910336

GREASE CALTEX ULTRA DUTY GREASE 2
BEARINGS (DRIVE TRAIN): CALTEX 910026
MULTIFAK EP2
GD0028CFM
78 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B25D & B30D
BELL EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT AND FLUID CHART

B20D, B25D, B30D, 2306D, 2406D 2806D ARTICULATED TRUCKS and HAULERS
Recommended Lubricant Viscosities for use at Ambient Temperatures from

-40O C (-40O F) to 50O C (122O F)
O
F -40 -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
O
Ambient C -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
ENGINE - M-BENZ SAE 15W-40

OILS TO MEET M-BENZ 228.5
SPECIFICATIONS
PREFERRED: - CALTEX DELO XLD SAE 10W-40 SAE 10W-40
COOLANT: - M-BENZ
EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50 EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50
TRANSMISSION - ZF 6HP 592 C

Oils to meet ZF TE.ML 14C & 14E CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z (SAE 70W-80W)
Specification
USE ONLY CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z
TRANSFER CASE - BELL

OILS TO MEET CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z OR S (SAE 70W-80W)
ALLISON C3/C4 SYNTHETIC
SPECIFICATIONS
AND API GL5
SPECIFICATIONS

GEAR OIL WITH LIMITED SLIP ADDITIVES:
OILS TO MEET ZF TE-ML05 Class 05C or 05D
SAE 85W-90
PREFERRED: - CALTEX GEAR OIL SAE 80W-90
TEXTRAN TDH
HYDRAULIC &
ATF
BRAKING SYSTEM
OILS TO MEET VICKERS M-2952-S SAE 10W
ATF DEXRON III SPECIFICATION
PREFERRED: - CALTEX TEXAMATIC TYPE G
SAE 30
RECOMMENDED SERVICE FILLS o o

(FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BETWEEN -5 C TO 45 C)
ENGINE CALTEX XLD (SAE 10W-40) 910276

COOLANT Extended Life Pre-mix 50/50 910245
TRANSMISSION & CASTROL TRANSMAX-Z/ 910208
TRANSFER CASE TRANSYND 910302
DRIVE AXLES CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF (SAE 80W-90) 910284
HYDRAULIC & ATF : CALTEX TEXAMATIC Type G 910083

BRAKING SYSTEMS

BEARINGS (DRIVE TRAIN): CALTEX 910026
MULTIFAK EP2
GD0004-BCV
CAUTION
1. Caltex Texamatic Type-G is only to be used in the hydraulic system and must NOT be used in
the transmission.
2. Failure to use only Castrol Transmax-S or Z in the transmission may render warranty claims
invalid.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 79

B35D & B40D
BELL EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT AND FLUIDS CHART

B35D AND B40D ARTICULATED DUMP TRUCKS
Recommended Lubricant Viscosities and Fluids suitable for use at Ambient Temperatures from
O O O O
-10 C (14 F) to 50 C (122 F)
Ambient O
F -40
O
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
C -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
ENGINE - M-BENZ
OILS TO MEET M-BENZ 228.5 SAE 15W - 40
SPECIFICATIONS
PREFERRED: - CALTEX DELO XLD SAE 10W-40 SAE 10W - 40
COOLANT - M-BENZ
EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT TO MEET M-BENZ 325.3 CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50
TRANSMISSION - ALLISON HD 4560

AND HD 4560R AND
TRANSFER CASE (DROP BOX) CASTROL TRANSMAX Z or S (SAE 70W-80W)
USE ONLY CASTROL
TRANSMAX Z or S/TRANSYND
DRIVE AXLES - BELL SAE 80W - 90

OILS TO MEET API GL-5 and ZF TE-ML05C
SPECIFICATIONS SAE 85W - 90
PREFERRED: - CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF 80W-90
NOTE: B35D With BELL WET DISC BRAKES - USE ONLY SAE 85W - 140
AN OIL WITH “LS” (LIMITED SLIP) PROPERTIES
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM / BRAKE ACTUATION ATF
OILS TO MEET TEXTRAN TDH
ATF COMPLYING WITH
VICKERS M-2950-S SAE 10
SPECIFICATION
PREFERRED: - CALTEX TEXAMATIC TYPE - G SAE 30
WET DISC BRAKE COOLING B40D SAE 10W - 30

OILS TO COMPLY WITH FORD M2C134 - D
AND JOHN DEERE JD20C SPECIFICATIONS
SAE 80W - 90
SAE 85W - 140

PREFERRED: - CALTEX TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM
RECOMMENDED SERVICE FILLS

CALTEX DELO XLD (SAE 10W - 40) 910276
ENGINE
EXTENDED LIFE PRE-MIX 50/50 910245
CASTROL TRANSMAX Z/TRANSYND 910302
TRANSMISSION
TRANSFER CASE CASTROL TRANSMAX Z 910208
DRIVE AXLES CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF (80W-90) 910284

HYDRAULICS ATF : CALTEX TEXAMATIC TYPE-G 910083
WET DISC BRAKE COOLING CALTEX TEXTRAN TDH PREMIUM 910328
B40D
DRIVE TRAIN (BEARINGS, ETC) 910026
CALTEX MULTIFAK EP NGLI number 2
CALTEX ULTRA DUTY GREASE
NGLI number 2
40D0001CFM
80 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B50D
BELL EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT AND FLUIDS CHART

B50D ARTICULATED DUMP TRUCK
Recommended Lubricant Viscosities and Fluids suitable for use at Ambient Temperatures from
-10O C (14O F) to 50O C (122O F)
Ambient O
F -40
O
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
C -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
ENGINE - M-BENZ
OILS TO MEET M-BENZ 228.5 SAE 15W - 40
SPECIFICATIONS
PREFERRED: - CALTEX DELO XLD SAE 10W-40 SAE 10W - 40
COOLANT - M-BENZ
EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT TO MEET M-BENZ 325.3 CALTEX EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT PRE-MIX 50/50
TRANSMISSION - HD 4560R AND

TRANSFER CASE (DROP BOX)
USE ONLY CASTROL
CASTROL TRANSMAX Z or S (SAE 70W-80W)
TRANSMAX Z or TRANSYND
DRIVE AXLES - BELL SAE 80W - 90

OILS TO MEET
API GL-5 and ZF-TE-ML05C SAE 85W - 90
SPECIFICATIONS
PREFERRED: - CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF SAE 80W-90 SAE 85W - 140
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM / BRAKE ACTUATION ATF

OILS TO MEET
ATF COMPLYING WITH SAE 10W
VICKERS M-2950-S
SPECIFICATION SAE 30
PREFERRED: - CALTEX TEXAMATIC TYPE - G
RECOMMENDED SERVICE FILLS

CALTEX DELO XLD (SAE 10W - 40) 910276
ENGINE
EXTENDED LIFE PRE-MIX 50/50 910245
CASTROL TRANSYND 910302
TRANSMISSION
TRANSFER CASE CASTROL TRANSMAX Z 910208
DRIVE AXLES CALTEX GEAR OIL ZF (80W-90) 910284

HYDRAULICS ATF : CALTEX TEXAMATIC TYPE-G 910083
DRIVE TRAIN (BEARINGS, ETC) 910026
CALTEX MULTIFAK EP NGLI number 2
50D0001CFM
CAUTION
1. Caltex Texamatic Type-G is only to be used in the hydraulic system and must NOT be used in
the transmission.
2. Failure to use only Castrol Transmax-S or Z in the transmission may render warranty claims
invalid.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 81

RECOMMENDED TORQUE SETTINGS
The following tables detail the recommended torque settings:
The torques recommended below are for HAND TIGHTENING unplated fasteners with no
lubrication.
When using a bolt or screw in a tapped hole it is assumed that there is sufficient thread
engagement to accept the applied torque. Discretion must be used when torqueing into a
shallow hole or into soft or brittle materials.
Always adhere to engine / gearbox / BELL Equipment etc. manufacturer's specified torques.
Nuts should be of the same grade as the corresponding bolt or screw.
The torques recommended impose a loading in the bolt equivalent to 75% of the proof load,
METRIC SIZES
METRIC BOLT GRADE INTERPRETATION
8x100=800 Mpa 10x100=1000 Mpa 12x100=1200 Mpa
(Ultimate Tensile Stress) (Ultimate Tensile Stress) (Ultimate Tensile Stress)
8.8 10.9 12.9
8x8x10=640 Mpa 10x9x10=900 Mpa 12x9x10=1080 Mpa
(Yield Stress or Stress (Yield Stress or Stress (Yield Stress or Stress
at 0.2% permanent set) at 0.2% permanent set) at 0.2% permanent set)
METRIC NUT GRADE INTERPRETATION 1 lb ft = 1.35582 Nm 1 Nm = 0.737561lb ft
CURRENT STANDARD :
Nuts which are 0.8xD high.
|8| 8x100=800 Mpa Proof Stress
FUTURE STANDARD :
(Subject to international agreement) ISO Grade 8.8 Manufacturer's
Mark
8 8x100=800 Mpa Proof Stress
Nuts which are 1.0xD high. 800 MPa (51.80 tsi) 8.8 Grade
ISO Grade 4.6 Manufacturer's ISO Grade 10.9 Manufacturer's

Mark
Mark
400 MPa (25.90 tsi) 4.6 Grade (Optional) 1000 MPa (64.75 tsi) 10.9 Grade
ISO Grade 6.9 Manufacturer's ISO Grade 12.9 Manufacturer's

Mark
Mark
600 MPa (38.85 tsi) 6.9
Grade (Optional) 1200 MPa (77.70 tsi) 12.9 Grade
ISO Metric Coarse -Torques [Nm]

Size M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M36
Pitch (mm) 0.8 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 4
2
T/Stress area (mm ) 14.2 20.1 36.6 58 84.3 115 157 193 245 303 353 459 561 817
ISO Gr. 4.6 2 4 10 19 34 58 85 115 165 220 285 420 560 980
ISO Gr. 6.9 5 8.5 21 41 72 115 180 245 345 465 600 890 1200 2118
ISO Gr. 8.8 6 10 25 49 86 135 210 290 410 550 710 1050 1450 2520
ISO Gr. 10.9 8 14 35 69 120 190 295 400 580 780 1000 1500 2000 3430
ISO Gr. 12.9 10 17 41 83 145 230 355 485 690 930 1200 1800 2400 4100
ISO Metric Fine -Torques [Nm]
Size M8 M10 M12 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30
Pitch (mm) 1 1.25 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2
2
T/Stress area (mm ) 39.2 61.2 92.1 88.1 125 167 216 272 333 384 496 621
ISO Gr. 6.9 23 44 80 76 125 190 275 385 520 650 970 1350
ISO Gr. 8.8 27 52 95 90 150 225 325 460 610 780 1150 1600
ISO Gr. 10.9 38 73 135 125 210 315 460 640 860 1100 1600 2250
ISO Gr. 12.9 45 88 160 150 250 380 550 770 1050 1300 1950 2700
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT Drawing Number 700999/1 rev A 24/6/96
GD0001CFM
82 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Imperial Sizes - BS Grades SERIAL NUMBER PLATES

IMPERIAL SIZES - BS GRADES
BS Grade A Manufacturer's
Mark
BS Grade T Manufacturer's
Mark
Coarse Coarse
28 tsi (432 Mpa) or Fine CA Grade 55 tsi (849 Mpa) or Fine CT Grade
BS Grade S Manufacturer's
Mark
BS Grade V Manufacturer's
Mark
Coarse Coarse
50 tsi (772 Mpa) or Fine
FA Grade 65 tsi (1004 Mpa) or Fine
FV Grade
Unified Coarse (UNC) - Torques in Nm.

Size 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 3/8" 1 1/2"
Threads/inch 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6
2
T/Stress area (mm ) 20.5 33.8 50 68.6 91.5 117.4 146 215 298 391 492 625 745 906
BS Grade A 4 9 16 25 38 56 78 138 221 335 467 670 861 1148
BS Grade S 12 24 43 66 108 150 209 371 586 885 1256 1735 2333 3051
BS Grade T 12 26 45 72 114 162 221 383 646 957 1376 1914 2512 3290
BS Grade V 16 31 55 90 138 191 263 479 766 1148 1615 2273 2991 4008
Unified Fine (UNF) up to 1", and UN-8 TPI for dia 1 1/8" and above. Torques in Nm.
Size 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 3/8" 1 1/2"
Threads/inch 28 24 24 20 20 18 18 16 14 12 8 8 8 8
2
T/Stress area (mm ) 23.5 37.4 56.6 76.6 103 131 165 241 328 428 510 645 795 963
BS Grade A 5 10 18 29 43 60 90 150 239 359 490 670 933 1196
BS Grade S 13 26 48 78 114 167 233 407 646 957 1316 1794 2452 3230
BS Grade T 14 29 51 84 126 179 239 431 694 1029 1376 1974 2632 3529
BS Grade V 17 35 60 96 150 215 299 526 837 1256 1675 2393 3230 4247
IMPERIAL SIZES - SAE GRADES

Manufacturer's Manufacturer's
SAE Grade 1 Mark SAE Grade 5 (1/4" - 1") Mark
26.8 tsi (414 Mpa) 53.6 tsi (828 Mpa)
Manufacturer's
SAE Grade 5 (1 1/8" - 1 1/2") SAE Grade 8 Mark
46.9 tsi (724 Mpa) Manufacturer's 67 tsi (1035 Mpa)
Mark
Unified Coarse (UNC) - Torques in Nm.

Size 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 3/8" 1 1/2"
Threads/inch 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6
2
T/Stress area (mm ) 20.5 33.8 50 68.6 91.5 117.4 146 215 298 391 492 625 745 906
SAE Grade 1 4 9 16 25 38 56 78 138 221 335 467 670 861 1148
SAE Grade 5 11 22 40 62 101 140 196 348 550 830 1347 1860 2501 3270
SAE Grade 8 16 32 57 92 142 197 271 493 789 1184 1665 2343 3083 4131
Unified Fine (UNF) up to 1", and UN-8 TPI for dia 1 1/8" and above. Torques in Nm.
Size 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1 1/8" 1 1/4" 1 3/8" 1 1/2"
Threads/inch 28 24 24 20 20 18 18 16 14 12 8 8 8 8
T/Stress area (mm2) 23.5 37.4 56.6 76.6 103 131 165 241 328 428 510 645 795 963
SAE Grade 1 5 10 18 29 43 60 90 150 239 359 490 670 933 1196
SAE Grade 5 12 25 45 73 107 157 219 382 606 898 1411 1924 2629 3463
SAE Grade 8 17 36 62 99 154 222 308 543 863 1295 1726 2466 3329 4378
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT Drawing Number 700999/2 rev A 24/6/96
GD0002CFM
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 83

B20D; B25D & B30D Serial Number Plates
NOTE: German VIN Number -

W09 XXXXXXXX B93 XXX
84 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

B35D; B40D & B50D Serial Number Plates

CE & Machine
Specification Plate
MANUFACTURED BY:
BELL EQUIPMENT CO.SA. (PTY) LTD.
RICHARDS BAY, SOUTH AFRICA
MACHINE
MODEL:
YEAR OF MANUFACTURE:
VIN NO:
PIN NO:
CAB
SN:
ENGINE
MODEL:
SN:
NET POWER: kw
TRANSMISSION
MODEL:
SN:
TRANSFER CASE
MODEL:
SN:
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
MODEL:
SN:
MID DIFFERENTIAL
MODEL:
SN:
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
MODEL:
SN:
AXLE: EMPTY LADEN

FRONT kg kg
MIDDLE kg kg
REAR kg kg
TOTAL kg kg
PAYLOAD kg
176114FM
DAIMLERCHRYSLER A6
OM 5 0 1 L A T i e r 2
501.906000.501.5.05.02
Engine
AEB XXXXXX XR XXXXXX Specification
Transfer Case Plate
VIN And PIN Number
(On Left Hand Side of Truck) Specification Stamped
Onto The Transfer Case
17000 047 11 12 2000
Transmission Specification
Plate 40D0002CFM
NOTE: German VIN Number -

W09 XXXXXXXX B93 XXX
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 85

CHAPTER 2. OPERATOR CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 1. OPERATOR CONTROLS
INTRODUCTION
The following figure details the layout of the controls and instruments in the cab with ZF Gear Shift
Control:
1. Brake Pedal.
11. Hazard Switch.
2. Right Hand Control Panel.
12. Steering Collumn Switch.
3. Steering Wheel.
13. Accelerator Pedal.
4. Lighter/12V Accessories Socket.
14. Vents.
5. Ashtray.
15. Diagnostic Connector.
6. Operator’s Seat.
16. Driver I.D.
7. Trainer Seat.
17. Fuse/Relay Compartment.
8. Centre Panel (instruments MDU2).
18. Cooler Box.
9. Ignition Switch.
19. Automatic Greasing System Control
10. 12V Accessories Socket. Panel (Optional).
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 87

The following figure details the layout of the controls and instruments inside the cab with Allison Gear
Shift Control.
1. Brake Pedal. 11. Hazard Switch.

2. Right Hand Control Panel. 12. Steering Collumn Switch.
3. Steering Wheel. 13. Accelerator Pedal.
4. Lighter/12V Accessories Socket. 14. Vents.
5. Ashtray. 15. Diagnostic Connector.
6. Operator’s Seat. 16. Driver I.D.
7. Trainer Seat. 17. Fuse/Relay Compartment.
8. Centre Panel (instruments MDU2). 18. Cooler Box.
9. Ignition Switch. 19. Automatic Greasing System Control
Panel (Optional).
10. 12V Accessories Socket.
88 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE Adjust the Steering Wheel

PEDALS NOTE: Levers (1) and (2) can be orientated by
pulling the lever outwards and rotating it to
the desired position and then pushing it back
in.
The accelerator pedal (1) and the brake pedal (2)

are located on the cab firewall near the floor. Telescopic Adjustment
Both pedals are progressive and spring loaded to • Unlock the steering wheel by moving the lever
an up, neutral position. (1) counter clockwise.
• Adjust the steering wheel in/out for operator
comfort.
STEERING WHEEL • Lock the steering wheel into place by moving
the lever clockwise until it is secure.
CAUTION
Tilting Adjustment
If there is an engine or main pump failure, the
ground driven emergency steering system • Unlock the steering wheel by moving the lever
will enable the operator to steer the machine (2) counter clockwise.
to a safe stop. In this event the machine must
• Adjust the steering wheel upwards/downwards
be stopped as quickly as possible.
for operator comfort.
NOTE: There is no self-centring action on the
• Lock the steering wheel into place by moving
the lever clockwise until it is secure.
steering. The machine must be returned to
the straight ahead position by turning the
steering wheel.
The steering wheel can be adjusted to ensure

maximum operator comfort.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 89

OPERATOR’S SEAT The angular position of the armrests can be

adjusted by turning the adjusting knob (7). The
armrests can also be tilted vertically to allow
easier access to the seat.
NOTE: Same procedure for both arm rests.
To adjust the armrests height, loosen the

hexagon nuts (1), adjust the arm rest to the
desired position and tighten the nuts again.
The operator’s seat is fully adjustable to suit the
operator. Lumbar Support (4)
The main components of the operator’s seat are

as follows:
Back rest (1)
CAUTION
Take care with the backrest frame - it may jerk
forward and cause injury!
To adjust for the required angle pull the lever (6)

up while adjusting the back rest to the required
angle.
Seat squab (2)
Armrest (3) Two lumbar support areas are controlled by the

adjustment knob (1) at the back of the backrest.
The armrests can be tilted up if required and the Rotate the knob until sufficient support is
height individually adjusted. obtained.
90 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Back Rest Angle Adjustment Lever (6) Vertical Damper Adjustment Knob (10)
Note: The back rest is spring loaded and

will automatically tilt forward when the
locking mechanism is released.
The required level of vertical dampening can be

reached by turning the vertical damper
Pull the lever (1) up-wards to disengage the adjustment knob (1) to the desired position.
locking mechanism while adjusting the back rest
forwards or rearwards to obtain the correct angle. There are 3 positions: Stiff, Medium and soft.
Release the lever (1) to lock in position. (Positions + to -). “+” position = Stiff and “-”
position = Soft.
Arm Rest Angle Adjustment Knob (7)
Air Valve (11) (TO Raise Or Lower
The angle of the each arm rest can be adjusted Seat)
to the required angle by turning the angle
adjustment knob (7).
Forward/Backwards Adjustment (9)
To adjust position of seat forward or backward,

pull lever (9) firmly while sliding the seat
forward/backward. Release lever once desired
position is reached.
To lower the seat up, pull the lever (1) out until
desired position is reached.
To raise the seat, press air valve knob in until

desired position is reached.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 91

Fore/Aft Isolation (12) Fastening
If fore/aft isolation is required, pull lever (12)

upwards. The seat would seem loose in the
fore/aft direction. This feature assist the operator
to stay in control of the brake and accelerator
pedals when driving on rough roads.
If fore/aft isolation is not required, push lever (12)

down and slide seat forward and backward until it
locks in place.
Maintenance
Dirt can impair the function of the seat, so make

sure you keep your seat clean. Pull the seat belt out and push the buckle (1) into
the fixed clasp (2) until it clicks into position.
During cleaning the upholstery should not be
soaked through. Ensure that the connection is secure and that the
belt fits tightly across the pelvis.
Use a standard commercially available
upholstery cleaning agent. Test first for Ensure that the strap of the belt is not twisted.
compatibility on a small, concealed area.
Releasing
Seat Belt (5 & 8) Press down the red push button (3) on the fixed
clasp. The seat belt is spring-loaded to return to
WARNING its stowage position.
1. Always wear a seat belt when operating the
machine. In an accident it may save your life. TRAINER SEAT
2. Always wear a seat belt when travelling as
a trainer or trainee in the machine.
3. Check the condition of the seat belt and
mounting hardware before operating the
machine. Replace the seat belt at least every
three years, regardless of the condition.
NOTE: Clean the seat belt regularly with a

soap and water solution.
A self-adjustable lap seat belt is an integral part

of the seat and is designed to fit firmly across the
front of the pelvis.
Seat belt and mounting hardware must be

inspected before operating the machine. If belt or
mounting hardware are worn, replace complete
seat belt assembly.
A date label, to determine the age of the belt is The trainer seat is located on the left side of the
attached to each belt. operator’s seat. The seat is spring loaded and
folds up automatically when it is not in use.
The seat is not adjustable and is equipped with a

seat belt.
The seat belt for the trainer is fastened, released

and adjusted in the same way as the operator’s
seat belt.
92 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 2. SWITCHES
RIGHT HAND CONTROL PANEL (ZF GEARSHIFT CONTROL)
1. Sealed Switch Module (SSM). 4. Bin Tip Lever.
2. Park Brake Switch. 5. Gear Shift Control Panel.
3. Electrical Mirror Adjustment Switch.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 93

RIGHT HAND CONTROL PANEL (ALLISON GEARSHIFT CONTROL)
1. Sealed Switch Module (SSM). 4. Bin Tip Lever.

2. Park Brake Switch. 5. Gear Shift Control Panel.
3. Electrical Mirror Adjustment Switch.
94 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Sealed Switch Module (SSM)

NOTE: When a switch is activated a correspondence light will come on. On some buttons a
corresponding message will be displayed on the MDU.
1. Air Conditioning Control Switches 4. Wiper Switches

2. Drive Train Switches 5. Light Switches
3. Retarder Switch (Speed Limit Control) 6. Bin Switches
7. The Number at the bottom of the
switches is used for numerical inputs in
certain menus.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 95

Air Conditioning Switches Air Conditioner Temperature Switch

(4)
When the air conditioner is switch ON, this switch

is used to increase or decrease the temperature
inside the cab.
To increase the temperature inside the cab; push

the “UP” ñ arrow and to decrease the
temperature inside the cab; push the “DOWN” ò
arrow.
The selected temperature will be displayed for 3

seconds on the MDU.
The amount of lights ON above the switch will

increase or decrease accordingly.
Air Conditioning On/Off Switch (1)
NOTE: The coulor of the "LED" above the
NOTE: When the air conditioner is switched switch indicates the temperature setting;
ON, the light above the switch will be on. Blue = Cold,
Orange = Medium and
To switch the air conditioner ON, push switch (1) Red = Hot (Heater).
once and to switch air conditioner OFF, push
switch again.
Air Direction Switch (5)
Air Recirculating Switch (2) This switch determine the direction of air flow
inside the cab.
This switch is to select between fresh air flow
from outside the cab or recirculating the air inside 1st light above the switch ON = Defrost.
the cab. 2nd light ON = Defrost and Feet
3rd light ON = Air flow Middle
When the switch is pushed and the light above 4th light ON = Air flow Middle and Feet
the switch is ON, air inside the cab is recirculated
and when the switch is pushed and the light is To select a setting: Push switch until required
OFF, fresh air from outside the cab will be position is reached. (Loop)
available if the air vents are open.
Blower Fan Speed Switch (3)
NOTE: There are 3 lights above the fan

switch and indicates the following,
One light ON: Fan speed = Low
Two lights ON: Fan Speed = Medium and
Three lights ON: Fan Speed = Maximum.
To switch the fan ON and select "LOW" speed,

Press the button once. To increase the speed to
"MEDIUM", press the button again until two
lights are ON. To select "MAXIMUM" speed,
press the button until three lights are ON.
To switch the fan OFF, push the button until the

lights above the button are OFF.
96 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Drive Train Switches Inter Axle Differential Lock (IDL)

Switch (2)
CAUTION
Inter Axle Diffrential Lock will only be
activated at vehicle speeds below 1 km/hr and
with accelerator pedal less than 10% after the
switch has been switched "ON"
NOTE: The following only applies to the

B50D two speed machine.
1. When the Inter Axle Lock Switch has been
de-activated, selection of high range will not
be allowed for a period of 30 seconds after
de-activation to ensure that the IDL has
properly disengaged before up shift to a
higher range will be allowed.
2. The inter-axle differential lock is not
available when the vehicle is in HIGH range.
When the inter-axle differential lock has been
activated, the vehicle will not be allowed to
change to HIGH range.
This switch is used to activate the inter-axle

CTD Lock Switch (1) differential lock. When switched “ON” the
inter-axle differential lock light will also be
This switch is used to activate the differential lock illuminated on the dash board. Release the
on the axles. accelerator briefly after this switch has been
activated. To ensure IDL is activated, check IDL
When this switch is activated the control traction light “ON” on monitor display unit.
differential lock light will illuminate above the
switch as well as on the MDU. The switch has two positions:
To activate the differential locks: • OFF; Normal position.

• ON; Inter-axle differential lock switched on, if
Press the switch. Once activated it will remains conditions are met.
activated for 30 seconds. Upon 30 seconds the
locks will be deactivated.
Gear Hold Switch (3)
The differential locks can be deactivated during
the period that the light is "ON" by pressing the NOTE: The Anti-Shift Cycle controlled by the
switch again and the light will be turned "OFF". CCU that holds the transmission in the lower
When the light is flashing and the switch is gear for 12 seconds and engine at 2120 r.p.m.
pressed, it will activate the differential locks again Is overrides when this switch is activated.
and the light will be turned "ON".
The switch has two positions:
If differential lock is still required, just press the
switch again after the light has started to flash • OFF; Normal position.
and the differential locks will be activated for • ON; Gear hold switched on.
another 30 seconds.
When the switch is “OFF”, the transmission is in
the normal automatic operating mode.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 97

When the switch is “ON”, the transmission will Retarder Switch

hold the gear that it is in at the time of the switch
being activated. Normal down shifting will occur, NOTE: 1. The retarder can only function
but the transmission will not up shifts to a higher when the exhaust brake is functioning. (In
gear until the switch is switched “OFF” (except in Lock-up).
over speed conditions).
When the switch is activated, the gear shift

display screen on the gear shift control will
display the gear number that the transmission will
be ‘held’ in.
High/Low Range Switch (4) B50D TWO

SPEED MACHINE ONLY
• OFF; LOW range hold activated (only LOW

range allowed).
• ON; LOW and HIGH range allowed. The retarder switch is located on the right hand
control panel and has six available positions.
Each position increases the degree of retardation
When the switch is “OFF”, the vehicle will not be
to a maximum of six.
allowed to change to HIGH range. This is
provided to give the operator control over
To activate the retarder, push the switch on the
allowing the vehicle to go into HIGH range. In
“UP” ñ arrow and to decrease the amount of
certain applications the operator may want to
retardation, push the “DOWN” ò arrow.
restrict the vehicle to LOW range only - keep this
switch in the “OFF” position to achieve this.
• No "LED" ON = Retarder OFF 15%
When the switch is “ON”, the vehicle will be retardation
allowed to change to HIGH range. HIGH range is • 1 "LED" ON = 25% Retardation
only achieved if the transmission is in 6th gear, • 2 "LEDS" ON = 35% Retardation
the machine travels faster than 34 km/h (21.1 • 3 "LEDS" ON = 45% Retardation
mph), the engine torque >40%, the accelerator
• 4 "LEDS" ON = 60% Retardation
pushed down >95% and the inter-axle differential
lock switch has been OFF for 30 seconds. Once • 5 "LEDS" ON = 75% Retardation
these requirements are met, the vehicle will • 6 "LEDS" ON = 100% Retardation
automatically shift the 2-speed differentials into NOTE: The percentage of retardation will be
HIGH range - no intervention or precautions are displayed for 3 seconds on the MDU. Light
necessary from the operator. The HIGH Range must be "ON". On the MDU2 when the
Attained light on the MDU will be illuminated if the retarders (Engine and Transmission) are
shift has occurred successfully. active.
Once the vehicle is in HIGH range, it will only The retarder is applied automatically when the
shift back into LOW range if the transmission is in switch is operated but will only be activated when
1st gear, the vehicle travels less than 2 km/h (1.2 the accelerator is fully released.
mph) and the operator’s foot is completely off the
accelerator. If all these requirements are met, the Speed Limit Control
vehicle will automatically shift the 2-speed
differentials into LOW range - no intervention or
precautions are necessary from the operator. There are two speed limits that can be set.
Speed limit 1 will be activated by pressing and
The HIGH Range Attained light on the MDU will holding down the retarder down-button for 1.5
be extinguished once the shift to LOW range is seconds, while speed limit 1 is active the 3 LED’s
completed. above the retarder down-button will flash. While
in Speed Limit 1 the speed limitation can be
adjusted by pressing the retarder up/down
buttons. A pop-up will be displayed indicating the
speed limit value. Speed limit 1 is de-activated
98 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

by pressing and holding down the retarder Light Switches

down-button for 1.5 seconds while the LED’s
above this button are flashing.
Speed limit 2 will be activated by pressing and

holding down the retarder up-button for 1.5
seconds, while speed limit 2 is active the 3 LED’s
above the retarder up-button will flash. While in
Speed Limit 2 the speed limitation can be
adjusted by pressing the retarder up/down
buttons. A pop-up will be displayed indicating the
speed limit value. Speed limit 2 is de-activated by
pressing and holding down the retarder up-button
for 1.5 seconds while the LED’s above this button
are flashing. One can alternate between Speed
Limit 1 and 2 or vice-versa by pressing and
holding down the relevant button (as described
above) for 1.5 seconds.
Wiper Switches
Rotating Beacon Light Switch (1)
The rotating beacon light switch is used to switch

the flashing beacon ON or OFF.
• OFF: Normal position.

• ON: Flashing beacon light switched on.
When the rotating beacon light is ON, the light
Switch (1) is for switching the rear window wiper above the switch will be on.
on.
The light switch (2)
Switch (2) is for switching the front windscreen
wiper on. The light switch is used to switch the head lights,
rear lights and the dash lights on or off.
NOTE: Intermittent time cycle can be set via
the Menu Display Unit. NOTE: 1. The park and tail will illuminate
when the lights switch is pushed once and
• Push once for intermittent and the first "LED" the first LED is on, even if the ignition switch
above the switch will light-up. is OFF. However the ignition switch must be
• Push switch two twice for slow speed (Second ON for the headlights to operate.
"LED" will light-up and 3 times for high speed 2. Dip and Bright is controlled by the Steering
(Third "LED" will light-up). Collumn Switch.
• Push again to switch rear wiper OFF ("LED's
will go OFF). The switch has three positions:
• Push and hold the switch to wash and wipe
the window. Washer will be activated for as • OFF: switch in the normal position.
long as the switch is pushed. • ON: Pushed once and first LED ON; Park and
NOTE: The same sequence applies for the tail lights ON.
front wiper as the rear wiper. • ON: Pushed twice: Headlights and Park Lights
ON.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 99

The working light switch (3). As A Shortcut:
The working light switch is used to operate the Press and hold the switch for ~ 2 seconds. The
working lights on the cab roof shining to the front MDU2 will goto menu "Production Options"
of the truck. under "Machine Configuration"
The lights switch has two positions: Follow the instructions on the screen.
When nothing is done, the display screen will

• OFF: Normal position light off. default back to menu before the switch was
• ON: Pushed once: Front and rear working pressed.
lights ON and first LED above switch ON.
• Second LED not used. NOTE: 1. When one of the LED's, "A"; "B";
"C" or "D" on Switch 1 is on or flashing, the
The defrost switch for electric mirrors "Load Select" option is selected on menu
"Production Options" under "Machine
(4)
Configuration" and the options under this
mode is only available if "Fleet Matic" is
The defrost switch for electric mirrors is used to
installed on the machine.
defrost the electric mirrors in cold and frosty
2. Options are site specific and thus not set
environments.
by the factory.
LED ON
• OFF: Normal position. LED "A" ON = Option 1
• ON: Mirror defrost switched on. LED "B" ON = Option 2
LED "C" ON = Option 3
Bin Switches LED "D" ON = Option 4
LED FLASHING
LED "A" Flashing = Option 5

LED "B" Flashing = Option 6
LED "C" Flashing = Option 7
LED "D" Flashing = Option 8
Automatic Bin Tip Switch (2)
Switch (2) OFF = All "LEDS" OFF =

Normal manual bin lever operation with soft
stops.
• LED "A" ON = Normal manual bin lever

operation with hard stops (Used hen working
with stickey/clay material).
• LED "B" ON = Drivew Line Assist - While
moving slower than 5km/hr and the bin lever is
pulled back to >80%, the following is done
automatically:
1 Park brake is applied
Switch (1) OFF (No "LEDS" ON) - Menu "Bin 2 Transmission is shifted to neutral
Restriction" is selected in the menu structure and 3 Less than 100% engine speed activated.
if pressed once all four "LED's" will come "ON" NOTE: 1. Engine r.p.m. Returns to idle when
and the bin tip angle will be displayed as a 100% bin position is reached.
percentage on the MDU2 display screen. 2. LEDS "A" and "B" can be activated
simultaneously to combine the auto tip
NOTE: This switch can be used as a
function with hard stops.
short-cut to set bin tip hight.
100 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

• LED "C" NO FUNCTION NOTE: 1. Park brake will only release after a
gear is selected or service brake is applied.
NOTE: 1. When pulling away from tip position
2. The park brake switch is locked in position
with LED "B" or "A" & "B" ON, only drive or
and to move it from engage to dis-engage or
reverse has to be selected. To drive OFF
vice versa, push the switch down on the
again; Select a gear, apply the accelerator
bottom side of the switch for "ON" and on the
pedal and the park brake will be automatically
top side for "OFF".
released.
3. When the park brake switch is “ON”
(applied), the park brake warning indicator on
NOTE: 1. The bin will not rise if the machine
the instrument panel illuminates.
is in or above 4th gear, only once the machine
is in 3rd gear or below, will the bin start rising.
NOTE: 1. Keep the service brakes applied
2. When driving the truck the following
while engaging/disengaging the park brake.
applies: When the bin is tilted between
2. The park brake is automatically applied
100-50%, the machine is limited to 1st gear
when the machine is switched off irrespective
only, between 50-15%, the machine is limited
if the park brake switched is "ON" or "OFF".
to 1st and 2nd gear only, between 15 - 5%, the
machine is limited to 1st to 3rd gear and when
the bin reaches the 5% mark, the detent gets
deactivated, and the bin float comes into
effect. All limits are switched off, and the
machine drives as normal.
Park Brake Switch
WARNING
Under normal circumstances the operator
must not leave the machine unattended with
the engine running. If the circumstances are
such that the operator must leave the engine
running, the operator must not leave the
machine until he has:
-Select and ensure that the transmission is in
N.
-Applied the park brake and ensured that it is
properly engaged.
-Chocked the wheels and taken all other
steps necessary to prevent the machine from
moving.
WARNING
1. After releasing the park brake the operator
must wait until the park warning light on the
instrument panel extinguishes before driving
off. This prevents the machine from being Applying: Push the park brake switch on the
driven with the park brake applied because of bottom side to apply park brake.
low air pressure.
Releasing: Push on the top side of the switch.
2. When the park brake is “ON” (Light
Illuminated) and the transmission is in gear,
the engine torque is reduced to prevent • When the transmission is in neutral and the
driving through the park brake and thus brakes are not applied, the park brake will
causing damage. automatically be applied.
• When the truck is started the park brake will
still be applied and the switch must be
switched "ON" and then "OFF" to release the
park brake.
• When the ignition is turned off the park brake
will automatically be applied.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 101

• When the truck is moving at less than 1Km/h Tip Control Lever
and the engine r.p.m. is less than 50, the park
brake will automatically be applied. NOTE: The tip control lever is spring-loaded
to the central (holding) position.
Mirror Adjustment Switches
Use the mirror selector switch (1) to select the

mirror you would like to adjust (either left or right).
Use the directional switch (2) to move the

selected mirror in the direction desired.
Move the mirror selector switch (1) to the centre

position when done to prevent accidental mirror
movement if switch (2) is bumped.
The tip control lever (1) is located on right side of

the cab and is used to raise and lower the bin.
To tip the bin: Pull the control lever towards the

operator.
To lower the bin: Push the tip control lever away

from the operator into the detent position to
power the bin down. As soon as the bin is
approximately 5% from full down, the lever will be
automatically kicked out of detent and return to
the central position. The bin will now be in the
float position.
The bin raised warning light on the instrument

panel illuminates as soon as the bin is raised off
the chassis and only extinguishes when the bin is
fully lowered onto the chassis.
102 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Gear Shift Control (ZF Transmission) The gear shift control (1) comprises of a digital
display screen (2) and selector buttons marked
The machine is equipped with an automatic

gearbox with a gear shift control (1) located on
the right hand side panel on the dash board.
The gear shift control (1) comprises of a control

lever (2) and a display screen (3) with selector
options as follow:
as follow:
• 1 Allows shifting up to 1st gear only.
• 2 Allows shifting up to 2 nd gear only. D (Drive), to select a forward gear range.
• 3 Allows shifting up to 3 rd gear only.
N (Neutral), to select neutral.
• D (Drive), automatic shift Up to 6 th gear.
• N (Neutral), to select neutral. R (Reverse), to select reverse gear.
• R (Reverse), to select reverse gear.
NOTE: To initially engage a gear, first apply MODE, used in diagnostic code reading.
service brakes, engage the gear and then
switch "OFF" the park brake. The ñ“UP” and ò“DOWN” arrows are used to
select a specific range of gears.
Gear Shift Control Allison When in reverse the display screen will show
Transmission "RR".
The machine is equipped with an automatic When "Drive" was selected, the screen will
gearbox with the push button selector located on display for example "63" where the first digit is
the right hand side panel on the dash board. the amount of gears available and the second
digit the actual gear the transmission is in.
NOTE: To initially engage a gear, first apply

service brakes, engage the gear and then
switch "OFF" the park brake.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 103

STEERING COLUMN SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH AND

IMMOBILIZER / DRIVER ID
The steering column switch is a stalk switch (1)

located on the steering column.
The operation of the switch is as follows:
Ignition Switch
The ignition switch (1) is located on the right

hand side of the steering wheel on the
dashboard.
The ignition switch is key operated and has four

positions, OFF, ACCESSORY (NOT USED),
IGNITION and START/CRANK (Spring Return).
CAUTION
Do not stop the engine immediately after
• To indicate a right turn, move the switch bringing the machine to a halt. Allow the
upwards (1). engine to idle for two minutes before
• To indicate a left turn move, the switch switching off the ignition. This allows for
downwards (2) from the operator. proper lubrication and for all temperatures to
• For high beam headlights move the switch stabilise.
towards the dash (3).
• To dip the headlights move the switch away NOTE: The ignition switch will only operate if
from the dash (4). the battery disconnect switch is ON.
• To operate the horn push the end (5) of the
switch. Driver ID
• To flash for passing: pull switch backwards to
position (6) and release. The driver ID key (2) can be used by the
customer as an immobilizer. The setup of the
driver key is programable by the customer. If set
to be an immobilizer, the driver key (green) must
be inserted to be able tot start the machine.
104 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

BATTERY DISCONNECT
SWITCH
WARNING
Only in an emergency use the battery
disconnect switch to switch off the machine.
NOTE: Switch shown in "ON" position.
The battery disconnect switch (1) is located

inside the battery box.
The battery disconnect switch is used to isolate

the electrical power from the batteries to the
machine.
CAUTION
1. Always switch OFF the battery disconnect
switch when the engine is shut down and the
machine is left unattended. If the switch is left
ON for long periods while the engine is shut
down, the batteries may become discharged.
2. Always switch OFF the battery disconnect
switch before any maintenance or repair is
performed on the machine’s electrical system
or any welding work is performed.
• The battery disconnect switch has two

positions, “OFF” and “ON”, the switch
position is clearly marked on the switch’s face
plate.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 105

106 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 3. INSTRUMENTS
The following figure details the “MDU2” Monitor Display Unit on the centre panel on the dashboard:
1 2 3
30 40 50 4
20 60
10 70
0 20 30 80
km/h 10 40
mph 0 50
COOLANT RPM
TEMP
n/min
TRANS
TRANS
TEMP
TEMP FUEL
COLD COOLANT ENGINE EMERGENCY PARK BRAKE BRAKE HYDRAULIC

7
6 START LEVEL FAULT STEERING BRAKE PRESSURE TEMP
n/min
TYRE TRANS RETARDER ENGINE BATTERY BIN INTER-AXLE DIFF HIGH

PRESSURE FAULT AIR FILTER CHARGE UP DIFF LOCK LOCK RANGE
GD1037CV
1 Coolant Temperature Gauge. 5 Fuel Gauge.

2 Speedometer. (Indicating speed in Km/h 6 Transmission Temperature Gauge.
and m.p.h.).
7. Warning/Indicator Lights.
3 Menu Display Screen.
4 Revolution Counter.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 107

NOTE: When the needle is in the red on the TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP.
following gauges, the buzzer will sound and
the main warning light will come on flashing. GAUGE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
This gauge is located on the centre instrument

This gauge is located on the centre instrument panel. This gauge indicates if the transmission oil
panel. This gauge indicates if the engine coolant temperature is in the specified range.
temperature is in the specified range.
If the needle is on the green bar, the temperature
If the needle is on the green bar, the temperature is acceptable.
is acceptable.
If the needle is on the red bar, the temperature is
WARNING out of limits and machine must be stopped and
1. If the needle is on the red bar, the the fault rectified.
temperature is out of limits and the engine
will be automatically shut down. FUEL GAUGE
2. When this happens, stop the truck as soon
as possible and contact BELL EQUIPMENT
Product Support.
NOTE: The Main Warning Light would have

come ON and a buzzer sounds before this
happens.
There is a warning buzzer for “Low Fuel” (when

level reached the reserve mark) and a message
will be displayed in the alpha numerical display
screen.
108 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

NOTE: The fuel gauge is located on the MENU DISPLAY SCREEN

centre control panel at the bottom of the
speedometer.
SPEEDOMETER
The menu display screen is located on the centre

control panel. (Factory Preset Displayed for
B20D).
The screen can be configured by the operator to

display the information that he prefers by
The speedometer is located on the centre pressing the "NEXT" button.
instrument panel and indicates the travelling
speed in Km.p.h. as well as m.p.h. Menu Selection Buttons
ENGINE REVOLUTION
COUNTER
The engine revolution counter is located on the

centre instrument panel and indicates the engine
revolutions.
NOTE: If the value is to high, the red portion

of the gauge will be turned "ON".
A “Menu” push button (1) to enter the menus, a

“Back” push button (2) to select “Go Back” to
previous menu, a “Next” push button (3) to
select the “Next” option and “Select” push
button (4) to select the option to be executed.
Every option is displayed on the MDU display

screen.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 109

Default Display
NOTE: There are 6 default screen to choose from and selected by the operator for his/her
preferences.
The default menu previously selected is always accessed when the ignition is turned “ON”.
NOTE: The following screens show the screens in sequence of a newly programed machine.
NEWLY PROGRAMED MACHINE
SELECT SELECT
BACK BACK
BACK BACK SELECT

SELECT
BACK BACK
SELECT SELECT
Default Screens
Default Screen (Factory Setting B20D Screen Default Screen

Shown Below)
• Left Hand Side Of Screen = Gear Selected

• Top Left Hand Corner = Gear Selected. • Top Right Hand Corner = Engine r.p.m.
• Top Right Hand Corner = Engine r.p.m. • Bottom Right Hand Corner can be set to
• Bottom Half Of Screen = Truck Model. display ODM (Odo Meter Reading); Hours or
Speed.
NOTE: Option selected will be high lighted.
110 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Default Screen • Bottom Left Hand Corner = Total Hours And

Total Distance Travelled.
• Right Hand Side Of Screen = Speed and
Engine r.p.m.
Default Screen
NOTE: If OBW is not installed, the right hand

top corner will display "-----"
• Top Left Hand Corner = Speed

• Top Right Hand Corner = Engine r.p.m.
• Middle Left Hand Side = Gear Selected.
• Middle Right Hand Side = Current Gear (Can
be configured to display other options. See
detail descriptions further in this chapter).
• Bottom Of Screen = ODO Meter Reading
(Total Distance Travelled) and Hours (Total • When this screen is active, the tons loaded will
Hours). be displayed in the right hand top corner and
the bin graphic will be turning dark grey
Default Screen
indicating the load.
• When an overload condition occurs, an error
massage will flash next to the bin on the right
hand side.
Default Screen
• Top Left Hand Corner = Gear Selected.

• Top Right Hand Corner = Speed and below
the speed, Engine r.p.m.
• Bottom Of Screen = ODO Meter Reading
(Total Distance Travelled) and Hours (Total
Hours).
Middle Right Hand Side Configuration Options:
Default Screen
• MACHINE TYPE
• BINTIP COUNT
• TRIP ODO
• TRIP TIME
• TRIP FUEL
• TRIP LOAD
• LCKUP CTH
• CURRENT GEAR
• SUMP OIL
• RET OIL TEMP
• ENG COOLANT
• Top Left Hand Corner = Gear Selected. • ENG OIL
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 111

• BOOST PRESS Press the "NEXT" button to scroll between the

• ENG OIL LVL options.
• FUEL ECONOMY
Trip Info
• ENGINE TORQ
• ENG RET TORQ Press "NEXT" Button when in the "Trip Info"
• FUEL menu to scroll between the following "Trip Info"
• AIR PRESSURE sub-menus:
• HYD TEMP
1 - Trip Distance,
• BRAKE TEMP 2 - Trip Time,
• PAYLOAD 3 - Trip Fuel and
• TIME 4 - Trip Load.
• DATE
NOTE: When in a sub-menu and the “BACK”
NOTE: 1. To scroll from one option in this
press button is pressed, the system will go
menu to the next option, just press “Next”. To
back to the "COUNTERS" Menu.
scroll backwards, press "BACK" button.
To reset a value in this sub-menu: Press
TO GO TO MAIN MENU FROM “SELECT” button and hold for three beeps, the
system will reset that value in the sub-menu.
DEFAULT SCREEN
Bintip Count
Press the “MENU” button to go to "MAIN
MENU" from default screen. To reset a value in this sub-menu: Press
“SELECT” button and hold for three beeps, the
system will reset that value in the sub-menu.
MAIN MENU
Service
The following sub-menus are available in the
main menu: NOTE: In the "Service" sub-menu, the reset
can only be done by a service technician once
1 - Counters in service mode.
2 - Actual Values
3 - Diagnostics
4 - Machine Config Bonnet Fan
5 - Machine ID
6 - Service Mode (Accessible with The bonnet fan will only be displayed in "Service
Service Mode only) Mode".
7 - Factory Mode (Accessible with
Factory Mode only)
Actual Values
When a menu is selected, the first option will be
high lighted. In "Main Menu" press "NEXT" to scroll to this
option, press "SELECT" button to select this
To scroll between the options in sub-menus option.
press “NEXT” button. To go back to the previous
menu, press “BACK” button. Actual Values
NOTE: To choose an option in a menu, press The actual values menu has three sub-menus:
the "SELECT" Button.
1 - Engine Values
2 - Trans Values
Counters 3 - Vehicle Values
The following options are in the sub-menu Engine Values
"COUNTERS":
This menu has five sub-menus. Use the "NEXT"
1 - Trip Info, button to scroll between this menus and "BACK"
2 - Bintip Count, to go to Actual Value menu.
3 - Service
4 - Bonnet Fan (Accessible with Service Mode
only).
112 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Trans Values CCU Diagnostics

This menu has three sub-menus. Use the In "Diagnostics Menu" scroll to CCU
"NEXT" button to scroll between this menus and Diagnostics.
"BACK" to go to Actual Value menu.
The CCU Diagnostics Menu has three
Vehicle Values sub-menus:
This menu has four sub-menus. Use the "NEXT" 1 - CCU Inputs
button to scroll between this menus and "BACK" 2 - CCU Analog
to go to Actual Value menu. 3 - CCU Outputs
Diagnostics CCU Inputs
In "Main Menu" press "NEXT" to scroll to this CCU Inputs Menu has eight sub-menus.
option, press "SELECT" button to select this
option. CCU Analog
The diagnostics menu has ten sub-menus: CCU Analog has six sub-menus.
1 - Actual Faults CCU Outputs

2 - Stored Faults
3 - CCU Diagnostics The CCU Outputs Menu has eight sub-menus.
4 - OEU Outputs
5 - MDU Diagnostics OEU Diagnostics
6 - OBW Diagnostics
7 - MM Diagnostics The OEU Diagnostics Menu has two sub-menus:
8 - CAN Diagnostics
9 - TPM Diagnostics 1 - OEU Inputs
10 - Task Times (Accessible only in Factory 2 - OEU Outputs.
Mode via a password).
There are three sub-menus in the OEU Inputs
Actual Faults Menu.
There can be up-to twenty sub-menus and each There are seven sub-menus in the OEU Outputs
sub-menu will display an active fault code. Menu and is can only be accessed in Service
Mode.
Press "SELECT" button in the sub-menu for an
detailed description of the fault code. MDU Diagnostics
Stored Faults There are four sub-menus under the MDU

Diagnostics menu.
There can be up-to twenty sub-menus and each
sub-menu will display a stored fault code. OBW Diagnostics
Press "SELECT" button in the sub-menu for an There are three sub-menus under the OBW
detailed description of the fault code. Diagnostics menu.
MM Diagnostics
There are three sub-menus under the MM

Diagnostics menu.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 113

CAN Diagnostics Monitor Settings
There are two sub-menus under the CAN There are six sub-menus in menu "Monitor
Diagnostics menu. Settings".
1 - CAN Stats 1 - Language

2 - RX CAN Mess. 2 - Units
3 - Backlighting
CAN Stats 4 - Time Offset
5 - LCD Contrast
CAN Stats has four sub-menus. 6 - LCD Offset (Accessible in service mode only)
RX CAN Mess Language Menu
RX CAN Mess will display all active controllers. There are five options to choose from:
TPM Diagnostics English

German
TPM Diagnostics has six sub-menus. French
Spanish
1 - Left Front
2 - Right Front Units Menu
3 - Left Middle
4 - Right Middle There are two options to choose from:
5 - Left Rear
6 - Right Rear. Metric
Imperial
Task Times
Backlighting Menu
Task Times has three sub-menus.
Menu Button to Exit
Machine Config Back Button to Decrease
Next Button to Increase
Select Button to store.
In the Main Menu, scroll to "Machine Config"
menu and press "SELECT" button.
Time Offset Menu
There are fourteen sub-menus in menu
Menu Button to Exit
"Machine Config". Back Button to Decrease
1 - Monitor Settings Select Button to store.
2 - Wiper Timing
3 - Scraper Function (Not Used on ADT's)
LCD Contrast Menu
4 - Prod Options
5 - Bin Settings
Menu Button to Exit
6 - Tire Size (Accessible in service mode only)
Back Button to Decrease
7 - Position Sensors (Accessible in service mode
only)
8 - OBW Config (Accessible in service mode
only)
LCD Offset Menu (Accessible in Service Mode
9 - MM Config (Accessible in service mode only)
only)
10 - TPM Config (Accessible in service mode
only)
Menu Button to Exit
11 - Hyd Press Setup (Accessible in service
mode only)
12 - Sus Setup (Accessible in service mode only)
13 - Enable Options (Accessible in service mode
only)
14 - Factory Functions (Accessible in factory
mode only)
114 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Wiper Timing Safety Limit (Accessible in service mode only)
Menu Button to Exit Menu Button to Exit

Back Button to Decrease Back Button to Decrease
Next Button to Increase Next Button to Increase
Select Button to store. Select Button to store.
Scraper Function (Not Used) Tire Size (Only Accessible in Service

Scrape Gear Menu Mode)
Menu Button to Exit Tire Size Menu

Next Button to Increase Menu Button to Exit
Select Button to store. Back Button to Decrease
Hold Out Gear Menu Select Button to store.
Menu Button to Exit Position Sensors (Only Accessible in

Service Mode)
Bin Position (Only Accessible in Service
Prod Options Mode)
Prod Options Menu has two options: The bin position menu has seven sub-menus:
1 - Bin Restriction 1 - Bin Position (Select to set zero)

2 - Load Selection. 2 - Bin Position (Select to set full tip)
3 - Bin Position (Select to set bin pole)
Bin Settings 4 - Arctic Position (Select to set left)
5 - Arctic Position (Select to set middle)
There are two sub-menus in menu "Bin 6 - Arctic Position (Select to set right)
Settings". 7 - Height Sensor (Select to set top)
1 - Production Limit OBW Configure (Only Accessible in

2 - Safety Limit (Accessible in Service Mode only) Service Mode)
Prod Options On board weighing has three sub-menus:
Prod Options Menu has two options: 1 - OBW Gain (Accessible in Factory Mode only)
2 - Weight Offset (Accessible in Service Mode
Bin Restriction only)
Load Selection. 3 - Bin Capacity (Accessible in Service Mode
only)
Bin Settings
OBW Gain
There are two sub-menus in menu "Bin
Settings". Menu Button to Exit
1 - Production Limit Next Button to Increase
2 - Safety Limit (Accessible in Service Mode only) Select Button to store.
Production Limit Weight Offset
Menu Button to Exit Select to set offset.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 115

Bin Capacity Front Axle CIP

MM Config (Only Accessible in Middle Axle CIP

Service Mode) Menu Button to Exit
MM Config has three sub-menus: Next Button to Increase
1 - Test Message (Only Accessible in Service
Mode) Rear Axle CIP
2 - Frequency Setup (Only Accessible in Service
Mode) Menu Button to Exit
3 - Package (Only Accessible in Factory Mode) Back Button to Decrease
Test Message Select Button to store.
Select to sent test. Manual Mapping
Frequency Setup Manual Mapping has six sub-menus:
Select between: 1 - Left Front
2 - Right Front
Africa 3 - Left Middle
Australia 4 - Right Middle
Europa 5 - Left Rear
Saudi 6 - Right Rear.
N America
Auto Detect. Left Front
Package Menu Button to Exit
Select between: Next Button to Increase
None
Lite Right Front
Standard
Max Menu Button to Exit
Custom. Back Button to Decrease
TPM Config Select Button to store.
TPM Config has three sub-menus: Left Middle
1 - CIP Setup Menu Button to Exit

2 - Manual Mapping Back Button to Decrease
3 - Auto Mapping. Next Button to Increase
CIP Setup
Right Middle
CIP Setup has three sub-menus:
Menu Button to Exit
1 - Front Axle Back Button to Decrease
2 - Middle Axle Next Button to Increase
3 - Rear Axle Select Button to store.
116 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Left Rear Right Rear

Right Rear Hyd Pressure Setup (Accessible in

Menu Button to Exit Service Mode Only)
Next Button to Increase Hyd Pressure Setup has seven sub-menus:
1 - Normal
Auto Mapping 2 - Hyd Pump
3 - Bin Up Reduc
Auto Mapping has six sub-menus: 4 - Bin Float
5 - Fan Low Speed
1 - Left Front 6 - Fan Med Speed
2 - Right Front 7 - Fan High Speed.
3 - Left Middle
4 - Right Middle Sus Setup (Accessible in Service
5 - Left Rear Mode Only)
6 - Right Rear.
Suspension Setup has five sub-menus:
Left Front
1 - Normal
Menu Button to Exit
2 - Left Up
3 - Left Down
4 - Right Up
5 - Right Down.
Right Front
Enable Options (Accessible in Service
Menu Button to Exit Mode Only)
Next Button to Increase Enable Options has eleven sub-menus:
1 - OBW
Left Middle 2 - MMU
3 - TPM
Menu Button to Exit 4 - Flashing Beacon
Back Button to Decrease 5 - Mirror Heating
Next Button to Increase 6 - Work Lights
Select Button to store. 7 - Rear Wiper
8 - Load Lights
Right Middle 9 - Arctic Reverse Light
10 - Wet Disc Brake
Menu Button to Exit 11 - Disable Bin.
Left Rear
Menu Button to Exit

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 117

Factory Function (Accessible in Machine ID

Factory Mode Only)
There are nine sub-menus in menu "Machine
Factory Function has seven sub-menus: ID".
1 - Erase CCU 1 - ECU

2 - Erase MDU 2 - TCU
3 - Erase Both 3 - MDU
4 - Change VIN 4 - CCU
5 - Calc CRC 5 - OEU
6 - Machine Hours 6 - SSM
7 - Odometer. 7 - MMU
8 - OBW
Erase CCU 9 - TPM
Select to Erase. Each of the menus above has only one

sub-menu.
Erase MDU
Service Mode (Accessible in Service
Select to Erase. Mode Only)
Erase Both
Menu Button to Exit
Select to Erase.
Change VIN
Menu Button to Exit Factory Mode (Accessible in Factory

Back Button to Decrease Mode Only)
Select Button to store. Menu Button to Exit
Calc CRC Next Button to Increase
Select to Proceed.
Machine Hours Trip Load
Menu Button to Exit NOTE: This value is only displayed when an

Back Button to Decrease On Board Weighing System is installed on the
Next Button to Increase machine, otherwise "- - - - " is displayed.
This option on the default menu gives the
Odometer accumulated weight in metric tons since the last
reset of the “Trip Load”. (Example: If the trip
Menu Button to Exit load was reset in the morning and has done 10
Back Button to Decrease trips for the day; it will display the total amount of
Next Button to Increase tons moved for the ten trips).
118 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Pay Load • Irrespective of the vehicle speed, if the

payload is equal to 95% and less than 110%
NOTE: This value is only displayed when an of the truck’s rated capacity, the green light is
On Board Weighing System is installed on the permanently on.
machine, otherwise "- - - -" is displayed. • Irrespective of the vehicle speed, if the
payload is larger than 110% of the truck’s
This value is displayed in screen one and five. It rated capacity, the red light will be on.
is the actual load on the bin. If the bin is empty,
the value displayed will be “0”. If OBW is not During power-on, the CCU Module tests the load
installed, "- - - -" will be displayed. lights. First it switches only the yellow light on for
a period of 100 ms, then only the green light for
The “Pay Load” is measured automatically by 100 ms then only the red light for 100 ms. At the
the “On Board Weighing System”. end it switches all the lights off for 200ms.
The above sequence repeats 10 times after

On Board Weighing System (OBW)
which the CCU Module commences with its
(Optional) normal operation. This power-up sequence can
be used during the installation phase to confirm
The OBW weighs the load as it is loaded onto the the wiring and light colours.
bin. It automatically add up the weight as it is
loaded. If the OBW function is switched off at the MDU,
the OBW module will complete the power-on test
Functional description of the OBW with sequence but will not drive any lights during
upgraded software (See Service Bulletin normal operation.
2005/1013).
The On Board Weighing Module (OBW)

measures the strain as seen by the truck’s
walking beams.
This data is sent to the Chassis Computer Unit

(CCU) via the Controller Area Network (CAN),
where the strain is used to calculate the payload
of the truck.
The calculated payload is transmitted on the CAN

bus in the vehicle weight message, cargo weight.
(See specification SAE J1939 – 71, message
Vehicle weight for more detail.) The OBW Module
uses this data to determine which load light
should be on.
The Chassis Control Unit (CCU) determines the

truck’s rated capacity (in short tons) from the VIN
number. The CCU module converts this value to
metric tones and drive the load lights in the
following manner:
• If the vehicle speed is lower than 5 km/h and

the payload is less than 75% of the truck’s
rated capacity, the yellow light is blinking at a
rate of 1 blink per second.
• Irrespective of the vehicle speed, if the
payload is equal or larger than 75% but less
than 95% of the truck’s rated capacity, the
yellow light is permanently on.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 119

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 COLD EMERGENCY PARK BRAKE BRAKE HYDRAULIC

COOLANT ENGINE
START LEVEL FAULT STEERING BRAKE PRESSURE TEMP
11
n/min
TYRE TRANS RETARDER ENGINE BATTERY BIN INTER-AXLE DIFF HIGH

PRESSURE FAULT AIR FILTER CHARGE UP DIFF LOCK LOCK RANGE
22
GD1038CV 12
21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
1 Cold Start Warning Light 12 Right Turn Indicator Light

2 Coolant Level Warning Light 13 High Speed Indicator Light
3 Engine Fault Warning Light 14 Controlled Traction Differential Lock Light
4 Emergency Steering Warning Light 15 Inter Axle Differential Lock Light
5 Main Warning Light 16 Bin Raised Warning Light
6 High Beam Indicator Light 17 Battery Charge Warning Light
7 Engine Over Speed Warning Light 18 Engine Air Filter Indicator Light
8 Park Brake Warning Light 19 Retarder Light
9 Brake Pressure Warning Light 20 Transmission Fault Warning Light
10 Brake Temperature Warning Light 21 Tyre Pressure Indicator Light
11 High Hydraulic Fluid Temperature 22 Left Turn Indicator Light
Warning Light
120 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

GENERAL Emergency Steering Warning

Light (4).
All warning lights are illuminated for about 2
seconds when the ignition is switched on. This is CAUTION
done as a bulb check procedure and the operator
should ensure that all lights are illuminated. If the emergency steering warning light
flashes, the machine must be steered to
safety as soon as possible and then stopped.
Cold Start Warning Light (1)
The emergency steering warning light flashes if
WARNING there is an engine or main hydraulic pump failure
Do not start the engine until the cold start and the emergency steering is activated.
warning light (1) extinguishes. Damage to the
engine could occur if this caution is ignored. NOTE: The main warning light and the
warning buzzer are also activated with the
emergency steering warning light.
The cold start function is automatic.
When the ignition is switched on and the engine Main Warning Light (5).
coolant temperature is below 15°C (59°F), the
warning light illuminates. CAUTION
When it is safe to start the engine, the cold start Continued operation of the machine with the
warning light extinguishes. main warning light illuminated will cause
serious damage to the engine or
Low Engine Coolant Level Warning transmission.
Light (2)
NOTE: The machine must be stopped as
soon as it is safe to do, when this light is on.
CAUTION
If the low engine coolant level warning light A warning buzzer also sounds when the main
warning light flashes if the engine is running.
flashes, the machine must be stopped and the
engine shut down immediately. Engine
damage may result if this caution is ignored. High Beam Indicator Light (6).
The warning light flashes when the engine The indicator illuminates when the high beam
coolant requires replenishing immediately. mode on the headlights is selected on the
steering column switch.
NOTE: The main warning light and the
warning buzzer are also activated with the Engine Over Speed Warning light (7).
low engine coolant level warning light.
WARNING
Engine Fault Warning Light (3)
If the engine over speed warning light
If a fault on the engine occur the warning light will illuminates, the engine speed must be
be illuminated. reduced immediately, using the service brake
as this over speed condition can cause
Stop the machine as soon as it is safe. serious damage to the engine and
transmission.
Check the fault codes and required action to
rectify the fault. When the engine speed reach 2 270 r.p.m. on
the small trucks and 2 900 r.p.m. on the large
trucks, the EVB and transmission retarder will be
activated.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 121

As soon as the engine speed reaches 3 000 Check the fluid levels.
r.p.m. on the small trucks and 2450 r.p.m. on the
large trucks the following occurs: NOTE: The main warning light and the
• The engine over speed warning light high hydraulic fluid temperature warning
illuminates and the buzzer will sound. light.
Park Brake Warning Light (8) Right Turn Indicator Light (12)
The park brake warning light illuminates when the The right turn indicator light will flash when the
park brake is applied and extinguishes when it is steering column switch is moved to indicate a
released. right turn.
NOTE: If the hazard switch is ON both

Brake Pressure Warning Light (9)
direction indicators flash with the steering
column switch in the OFF position. When the
WARNING steering column switch is moved to the right
If the brake system low pressure warning turn position, the right hand side indicator
light flashes, the machine must be stopped lights will flash while the left hand side
immediately. Machine damage and/or indicator lights will be ON continuously.
personal injury, perhaps fatal, may result if
this warning is ignored. High Speed Indicator Light (13) B50D
Two Speed Only
The light flashes if the brake systems hydraulic
pressure drops below This light will illuminate when the differential lock
123 bar (1 784 psi). switch on the dash is activated. It is an indication
that air is physically been applied to the
NOTE: The main warning light and the differential lock actuators.
brake system low pressure warning light.
Control Traction Differential Lock
Light (14)
Brake Temperature Warning Light (10)
This warning light will come on when the wet disc CAUTION
brakes oil temperature is to high. Do not operate the machine on hard surfaces
with the inter-axle differential lock engaged.
High Hydraulic Fluid Temperature Damage to the drive train may result if this
Warning Light (11) caution is not observed.
This light will illuminate when the differential lock

CAUTION switch on the dash is activated. It is an indication
If the high hydraulic fluid temperature that air is physically been applied to the
warning light flashes, the machine must be differential lock actuators.
stopped immediately.
Inter-axle Differential Lock Light (15)
The high hydraulic fluid temperature warning light
flashes when the hydraulic fluid temperature CAUTION
exceeds 95°C/100°C (203°F/212°F).
Do not operate the machine on hard surfaces
If overheating occurs stop the machine, engage with the inter-axle differential lock engaged.
neutral and allow the engine to run at Damage to the drive train may result if this
1500 r.p.m. until the hydraulic temperature caution is not observed.
returns to normal temperature and the warning
light extinguishes. The inter-axle differential lock light illuminates
when the longitudinal differential lock is engaged.
122 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

To engage inter-axle differential lock, the dash Transmission Fault Warning Light
switch must be activated and the accelerator
(20).
must be released briefly.
The machine can be moving at any speed. CAUTION

If the transmission fault warning light
Bin Raised Warning Light (16) illuminates, the machine must be stopped
immediately using only the service brake and
WARNING NOT the gear shift control.
As a safety precaution it is recommended that The electronic control system is programmed to

the operator should not drive the machine inform the operator of a problem with the
when the bin up light is illuminated as this transmission system and automatically take
may cause serious damage to the machine action to protect the operator, machine and
and/or injury to personnel. Refer to Tip transmission.
Control Lever in this Chapter for special
instructions regarding driving the machine When the Transmission Control Unit (TCU)
while the bin is raised. The bin raised warning detects a “Do Not Shift” (DNS) condition, the
light will illuminate when the bin is raised. ECU restricts shifting, turns on the DNS warning
light and registers a diagnostic code.
NOTE: Gear restriction will occur while the
bin is up. CAUTION
For some problems, diagnostic codes may be
Battery (Charge) Warning Light (17) registered without the ECU activating the
DNS warning light. Whenever there is a
CAUTION transmission related concern, consult BELL
EQUIPMENT Product Support.
If the battery charge warning light illuminates,
the fault must be rectified or the batteries will
be discharged. Tyre Pressure Indicator Light (21)
The warning light illuminates if the alternator is If this option is fitted, this light will be activated
not charging the batteries or if the engine is not when the pressure in one or more tyres drops
running and the ignition switch is ON. below the minimum specification.
The normal operating voltage is between 25.5V A fault code will be generated and displayed in
and 29.5V while the engine is running. the active fault code menu on the MDU. (For
more information on the MDU, See info in this
The balance between the two batteries are also chapter).
monitored and if a difference of greater than 1.2V
occurs, the battery light is illuminated. Left Turn Indicator Light (22).
This must be rectified immediately, or damage to The left turn indicator light will flash when the
both batteries will occur. steering column switch is moved to indicate a left
turn.
Engine Air Filter Indicator Light (18)
NOTE: If the hazard switch is ON both
Not Used. direction indicators flash with the steering
column switch in the OFF position. When the
Retarder Light (19). steering column switch is moved to the left
turn position, the left hand side indicator
lights will flash while the right hand side
This light is activated when either the
indicator lights will be ON continuously.
transmission retarder or engine retarder (Exhaust
brake and/or Exhaust valve brake (EVB)) is
activated.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 123

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR CONDITIONER
Vents
The air conditioner and the filter housing (1) are

located inside the right side panel (2) on the cab.
The airconditioner radiator are located in front of

the coolant pack.
See Air Conditioner Switches on page 96 for

operating the air conditioner.
Control knob (5) control the position where the air

is directed to in the cab.
LIGHTS
There are four climate control vents (1) installed Front Lights
in the cab.
The vents are opened and closed manually. The

vents can be rotated to direct the flow of the air.
To open the vents, push on the full visible fin (2)

and to close, push on the small fin (3).
Sun Vizor
The front of the machine is equipped with two

front light units, one on each side of the machine:
headlight (1), and indicator (2).
The headlights are operated from the lights

switch on the dashboard and the steering column
switch on the steering column.
The grills in front of the lights are optional.

The sun vizor is located in the roof and folds
down when pulled.
The operator can adjust it to the best position to

block out sun light to his face.
124 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Rear Lights (B30D Shown) Interior Light
The rear of the machine is equipped with stop/tail The interior light in the cab is located in the roof
lights and indicator lights. panel and is switch ON or OFF by pushing the
light at A or B.
The stop light illuminates when the brake pedal is
depressed or when the engine retarder or Working Lights (Optional)
transmission retarder is activated.
The truck is equipped with two working lights
The park lights operates from the lights switch on fitted on the roof of the cab. One facing forward
the dashboard. and an articulation reverse light, facing
rearwards.
The indicator light operates from the steering
The working light facing to the front is switched
ON with a switch on the dash.
column switch.
Reverse Lights (B30D Shown)
The machine is equipped with two flood lights as

reverse lights.
The reverse lights illuminate and a warning

buzzer sounds when the reverse gear is
selected.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 125

Articulation Reverse Light Rotating Beacon Light (Optional)
The articulation reverse light only lights up when

reverse gear is selected.
The rotating beacon light is mounted on the right
Front Working Lights hand side of the cab on the roof of the cab and
switch ON with a switch on the SSM.
Manuals Compartment
The front working lights are switched ON with a

switch on the SSM.
Cooler Box
The Operator’s manual and parts catalogue

compartment (1) is at the back of the operator's
seat.
The cooler box (1) is located on the right hand

side of the cab under the lid (2).
126 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

FUSES, DIODES AND RELAYS
For functions of the relays and fuses, refer to the decal on page 42 of this manual.
Circuit Breakers Inside Battery Box

(B35D & B40D Shown)
Main circuit breakers inside battery box.
1 Main Circuit Breaker 60 Amp.

2 Circuit Breaker 20 Amp (See Decal Page
31).
3 12 Volt Circuit Breaker 20 Amp.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 127

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 12 V Accessories Socket
Cigarette Lighter, Ash Tray
The cigarette lighter (1) is located on the right

hand side of the cab next to the ash tray (2).
To operate the cigarette lighter:
• Ensure that the ignition switch is ON or in the The 12 V accessories socket (1) is located on the
accessory position. left hand side in the front dash.
• Press the lighter push button in.
• Wait until a click is heard.
Drinks Holder
• Remove the lighter from the housing.
WARNING
Do not touch the front of the lighter when
removing if from the housing. This will cause
a serious burn.
The cigarette lighter socket can be used as a 12

V power supply point.
The following procedure must be used to utilise

the socket as a power point:
• Remove the cigarette lighter from the socket

and store in a safe place.
• Place the 12 V accessory plug into the socket.
The accessory will have electrical power when
the ignition switch is ON.
• When the accessory is no longer required
replace the cigarette lighter into the socket.
A drinks holder is also installed to hold a cup or
glass and is located next to the cooler box.
128 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Diagnostics Socket Bonnet Catch Release Handle

NOTE: 1. Diagnostic connector is to be used
only by trained personnel.
2. Socket shown with cover removed.
When the handle is pulled the bonnet catch is

released and the bonnet can be raised.
When the bonnet is raised ensure that it is fully

open, the lifting strut (1) will be fully extended.
Windscreen Washer Water

Reservoir
A diagnostics socket is installed in the dash for

easy connecting diagnostics tool for fault finding.
Brace
The windscreen washer water reservoir is

located at the left hand side of the cab under the
bonnet.
To refill the water bottle:

A brace (1) is located on the floor of the cab, next
to the left hand side of the operator’s seat and is • Open Bonnet.
secured in position by two plates. • Remove the filler cap (1) and fill the bottle with
a window cleaning solution.
The brace is used as a lever to activate the cab • Ensure that the cap is replaced securely.
lift pump when the cab must be tilted and
lowered.
• Check electrical connection and fluid delivery
hose for wear/damage and operation.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 129

Windscreen Wiper And Washer Electrical Horn

Nozzle
An electrical horn (1) is fitted and will be activated

The machine is fitted with a single windscreen from the steering column switch.
wiper which is equipped with a washer nozzle
(1).
Reverse Warning Buzzer (B20D
The wiper/washer switch (part of the steering Shown)
column switch) activates the windscreen wiper
motor and/or washer.
Air Horns (Optional B20D

Shown)
When reverse gear is selected, the reverse lights

illuminate and a warning buzzer (1) sounds at the
rear of the machine.
The air horns (1) is located on the right of the
machine, underneath the air cleaner and is
operated from the steering column switch.
130 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Emergency Exit Hammer Electrical Mirror Brackets
The electrical mirrors are mounted on a bracket

(1).
The hammer is located on the cab frame on the
rear right hand pillar and is used in emergencies The bracket can be swivelled out to the front or
to break a window to exit the cab. rear of the cab to make access to the bonnet
easier.
Swing the bracket back after work has been

done.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 131

132 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 3. PROCEDURES BEFORE STARTING
SECTION 1. SAFETY
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS EMERGENCY EXIT

Before operating the machine the following safety
instructions must be observed:
• Read and fully understand this manual, before

you start operating the machine.
• Never operate the machine while under the
influence of alcohol, medication or any other
drugs.
• Wear the required protective clothing for safe
machine operation.
• When mounting or dismounting the machine
always face the machine and use the hand
rails and steps provided. Never jump off the
machine.
The cab has 2 exit points, which are as follows:
NORMAL EXIT
• Emergency exit (right side window).

To remove the window:
• Remove the emergency exit tool from the

holder.
• Move as far away as possible from the window
that’s going to be broken.
• Strike the window as hard as possible.
• Keep on till the window is shattered.
• Remove the window, and get out.
NOTE: 1. Be careful not to cut yourself with
broken glass.
2. Protect face and body from flying glass
• The cab access door (1) for normal access slivers.
and exiting of the cab.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 133

134 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 3. PROCEDURES BEFORE STARTING
SECTION 2. BEFORE STARTING
SAFETY RULES WARNING

Machines operated In areas where the
Operator Duties material being handled can combust when
heated, the build-up of this material on and
The operator must know the rules and safety around high heat areas must be removed on a
aspects of the site. The operator must study the regular basis and the machine cleaned to
following rules and become aware of how to prevent build-up and igniting of material.
avoid serious injury and/or machine damage. Critical areas are the areas around the
exhaust, turbo charger, between the cab and
• It is the operator’s duty to report all damage the transmission cooler/exhaust silencer and
and wear which may endanger the operator or the area on top of the horizontal heat shield
cause damage to the machine. leading into the silencer heat shield. It might
• Only trained personnel may operate the mean that from time to time the heat shields
machine. has to be removed by service personnel to
• Check that a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag is not clean this areas properly.
attached to the steering wheel. If the tag is
attached, do not operate the machine. NOTE: The machine must be parked in the
• Complete the Walk Round Check (refer to next straight ahead position on firm, level ground
instruction). If any defects are found, do not with the bin down and the park brake applied.
operate the machine. Attach the “DO NOT
OPERATE” tag to the steering wheel and It is recommended that the machine is thoroughly
remove the machine key. washed before starting the Walk Round Check.
• Report all defects and problems encountered The following is a list of the tasks required in the
during the Walk Round Check to the service Daily Walk Round Check. For a more detailed
personnel. description of the tasks refer to the Daily or
10 Hourly Service Checks in Chapter 10 of
Daily Walk Round Check this Manual.
The Daily Walk Round Check must always be The service decal located on the side of the cab
carried out before operating the machine at the lists the scheduled service needs (maintenance
beginning of a work shift or after a change of schedule) and is useful for locating the items.
operator during a shift.
1. Raise the bonnet and check the condition of
The operator starts his check at the left of the the lifting strut, pivots and restraining straps.
machine and walks around the machine in a
clockwise direction. 2. Check the machine for oil leaks, especially in
the vicinity of the transmission.
3. Check the condition and tension of the

alternator belts.
4. Check for loose, frayed or corroded

connections in the wiring harness.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 135

5. Check the engine mountings and cab 24. Check the hydraulic fluid level.
mountings are secure and the rubber elements
are not damaged. 25. Lubricate as required.
6. Ensure that all the hose connections are tight 26. Check auto greaser reservoir level (If
and inspect for leaks, cracks or chafing damage. Equipped).
7. Check that the exhaust connections, exhaust 27. Check all lubrication points for proper
brake valve and actuator are secure. lubrication.
8. Check that the batteries are secure and clean 28. Inspect the park brake disc pads linings.
and the connections are tight.
29. Check the axles and components (trailing
9. Check that the hydraulic motor driven fan and arms, stabiliser links and sandwich blocks) for
cooler fins of the hydraulic oil cooler are not leaks, damage and security.
damaged.
30. Ensure that the drive shaft assemblies are
10. Check that the hydraulic oil cooler fins are not secure.
restricted.
31. Check the wheels, wheel nuts and
11. Check the cooling pack for cleanliness and components for damage and security.
ensure there are no restrictions to the cooling
function. 32. Check the tyres for cuts and damage.
12. Check the security of the cooling pack 33. Check the tyre pressures (refer to the decal
assembly and inspect for leaks. for pressures).
13. Inspect the air cleaner assembly for damage 34. Check the fuel level.
and security.
35. Ensure that the wind shield, side and rear
14. Clean the pre-cleaner bowl if required. windows and the rear view mirrors are clean.
15. Check the service indicator and service the 36. Ensure that there are no obstructions around
filter elements if required. the machine before moving off.
16. Reset the service indicator. Check that the 37. Ensure that there are no obstructions in the
vacuator valve is not restricted and is cab, especially under and around the pedals and
undamaged controls before moving off.
17. Check the engine oil level 38. Ensure that the seat belt is in proper working
order and fasten the seat belt before start-up.
18. Check the engine coolant level.
19. Drain the fuel/water separator filter.
20. Inspect the suspension struts for leaks and

sandwich blocks for damage.
21. Check that the steering cylinders are secure.
22. Check the transfer case oil level.
23. Ensure that the transfer case mountings are

secure and undamaged.
136 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 1. SAFETY
CAUTION
Read and understand all of the operator
related chapters in this manual before
performing any of the following procedures
and obey all Warnings and Cautions
contained in the sections. Refer to the
detailed procedures in the relevant chapter.
SAFETY RULES
Trainers are only allowed on machines provided
with a trainer seat and with approval by site
management.
Always wear the seat belt when operating the

machine.
Check that the mirrors are correctly positioned for

the best visibility.
Check that no personnel are near the machine.
Adapt the machine speed to road conditions, load

and visibility.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 137

138 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 2. STARTING
BEFORE STARTING THE

ENGINE
Ensure that the Daily or 10 Hourly Service
Checks have been completed. Adjust the
operator’s seat for the best operator comfort and
easy access to the machine controls.
Fasten the seat belt and adjust the seat belt to fit
firmly across the front of the pelvis.
WARNING
1. Do not start the machine by shorting
across starter terminals.
2. Never start machine while standing on the
ground. • Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch
3. Always start machine from operator’s seat (1).
with park brake applied.
• Turn the ignition switch clockwise to the ON
position.
Starting the Engine in Warm Weather • Apply the horn for two seconds, wait for five
seconds.
WARNING
Turn the key one step further to start engine.
Never turn the ignition switch On and
immediately OFF again. This will reset the
cranking time and damage to the starter
CAUTION
motor can occur. 1. Do not run the engine at high speed (r.p.m.)
or heavy loading until the engine oil,
Starting the engine in warm weather does not transmission fluid and hydraulic fluid have
require any special procedures. warmed up to normal operating temperatures.
2. Do not hold the key in the start position for
The following procedure must be used to start the more than seventeen seconds. If the engine
engine in warm weather: does not start, wait two minutes before
attempting to restart the engine to allow the
• Ensure the battery disconnect switch is turned battery to stabilise. If the engine does not
ON. start after two attempts investigate the cause.
• Ensure the park brake is applied.
• Ensure the gear shift is in the neutral position. Starting the Engine in Cold Weather
NOTE: The engine cannot be started when
any gear is selected. WARNING
Do not use starting fluid in machine. Damage
to the engine may result.
NOTE: The engine cannot be started when

any gear is selected.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 139

The following procedure must be used to start the SHUTTING DOWN THE ENGINE
engine in cold weather:
The following procedure must be used to shut
• Ensure the batteries disconnect switch is down the engine:
turned ON.
CAUTION
• Ensure the gear shift is in the neutral position.
1. Never stop the engine from high idle. This
will cause damage to the turbo charger and
the engine.
2. Do not shut the engine down with the
ignition still “ON” using the battery
disconnect switch. This could cause error
codes to be logged from electrical modules
that need ignition sequence shut down before
battery power is disconnected. Allow 10
seconds delay from ignition OFF to battery
disconnect switch OFF.
• Stop the machine in the straight ahead

position.
• Apply the park brake.
• Select neutral (N).
Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch (1).
• Allow the engine to idle for 2 minutes to allow
Turn the ignition switch clockwise to the ON the engine temperature to stabilise.
position. • Turn the ignition switch counter-clockwise to
the OFF position.
NOTE: The cold start function of the machine • If the machine is stopped overnight ensure the
is automatic. The cold start function will only battery disconnect switch is turned to the OFF
operate when the outside temperature drops position and that the park brake is ON.
below 15°C (59°F).
• Wait until the cold start indicator light

USING BOOSTER BATTERIES
extinguishes (approx. 20 seconds).
• Apply the horn for two seconds, wait five WARNING
seconds. Before boost starting, machine must be
• Turn the ignition key to the start position to properly shut down and secured to prevent
start the engine. unexpected machine movement when engine
starts.
CAUTION
1. Do not run the engine at high speed (r.p.m.) CAUTION
or heavy loading until the engine oil,
transmission fluid and hydraulic fluid have An explosive gas is produced while batteries
warmed up to normal operating temperatures. are in use or being charged. Keep flames or
2. Do not hold the key in the start position for sparks away from battery area. Make sure the
more than 17 seconds. If the engine does not batteries are charged in a well ventilated area.
start, wait 2 minutes before attempting to
restart the engine to allow the battery to NOTE: The machine electrical system is a
stabilise. If the engine does not start after two 24-Volt negative (-) ground system. Connect
attempts investigate the cause. two 12-Volt booster batteries together in
3. Engine will not start by towing or pushing. series as shown for 24-Volts.
Permanent damage to the transmission will
result.
140 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Rules For Jump Starting
WARNING
Jump starting could damage or destroy
electronic control units. Jump starting
procedure is carried out at your own risk.
Maintain batteries & connections in good

condition to avoid jump starting.
Do not smoke while jump starting or per forming

maintenance checks on batteries.
GD1025CFM If using another vehicle to jump start ensure the

system voltage are the same: 12 volt cannot be
used to crank a 24 volt engine or the other way
Switch battery disconnect switch to “OFF” round.
Connect one end of the positive cable to the Do not allow vehicles to touch one another.
positive terminal of the machine batteries (A) and
the other end to the positive terminal of the Never use a rapid battery charger to boost from.
booster batteries (B). Ensure a good solid
connection. Electrolye can freeze at -10°C (14°F). Never
jump start a frozen battery as it can explode.
Connect one end of the negative cable to the Always thaw out frozen batteries completely
negative terminal of the booster batteries (B) and before jump starting.
the other end to the machine as far away from
the batteries as possible, preferably to a machine Always disconnect the negative booster lead at
earth point and not onto a painted section. the chassis connection point first when
disconnecting booster batteries.
Verify that the booster batteries are connected in
the correct order to prevent reverse battery Never disconnect booster batteries at high r.p.m.
polarity connection.
Never remove/disconnect the machine batteries
Switch battery disconnect switch to “ON” and all while the engine is running (i.e. no batteries
other electrical loads such as lights, air connected on the truck - only alternator supply
conditioner, etc. “OFF” before starting the electrical requirements). This can damage
engine. alternator regulator and electronic control units.
Start the engine (See Starting Engine in this Never connect batteries or booster batteries the
section). wrong way around. Reverse polarity connection
will destroy the engine control unit and alternator
Remove the cables. (Disconnect negative cable rectifier.
first from the machine and then from the negative
terminal on the booster batteries. Only
disconnect with engine idling).
Disconnect positive cable.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 141

142 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 3. RUNNING-IN
RUNNING-IN INSTRUCTIONS Gear Shifting Safety Functions
The machine’s run-in period is the First 100 SMR The transmission control unit does not allow
of operation. The machine MUST be serviced at shifting from neutral to a gear when the engine
100 SMR to ensure maximum machine service r.p.m. is above 900 r.p.m. If “D” is selected while
life. the engine r.p.m. is above 900 r.p.m. the shifter
display will blink. Select “N” again, let engine
The 100 SMR service MUST ONLY be done by return to idle and re-select “D”.
BELL EQUIPMENT Service Personnel.
Gear Shifting
Driving
Gear shifting in automatic is dependent upon
Safety Rules engine speed (r.p.m.) and operating conditions
(on site conditions).
Check that all the gauges and indicators are
operational. Ensure the readings are correct. NOTE: 1. Gear selection from Neutral is not
Refer to Chapter 2, Operator’s, Controls and possible if the park brake is not applied. (Park
Instruments for the correct readings. brake can only be released while in neutral
when the service brakes are applied).
Wait until there is sufficient air pressure {750kPa 2. The engine torque is reduced to 0% by the
(109psi)} before driving the machine. software until neutral to gear engagement is
completed.
Check that there are no personnel on or around
the machine before driving the machine. The following procedure must be used in gear
shifting:
Check the steering and brake functions and
confirm that the reverse alarm sounds when • Start the engine.
reverse is selected. • Apply the service brake.
Sound the horn before moving off. Forward Selection (Automatic)
Gear Shifting • Select D on the gear selector.

• Release the park brake.
CAUTION • Release the service brake and increase the
engine speed (r.p.m.).
1. Do not allow the machine to free wheel
(coast in neutral) as this will cause damage to As the machine speed increases, the
the transmission. transmission will select (sequentially) the next
2. Do not continually select from 1st forward gear.
to 1st reverse as this will cause damage to
the transmission. With drive D selected, the actual gear will be
displayed on the MDU, if that option is selected.
The transmission has 6 forward gears and 1
reverse gear with automatic lock-up in all gears. Reverse Selection
The transmission can be operated as a fully
automatic transmission. All automatic gear • Select Reverse (R) on the gear selector.
shifting will be controlled by the machine’s • Release the park brake.
electronic control unit.
• Release the service brake and increase the
engine speed (r.p.m.).
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 143

Controlled Gear Range SLOWING AND STOPPING

For certain conditions only a limited range of
gears may be required. To select the range of NOTE: If the transmission is in neutral and
gears required, proceed as follows: the service brake is not applied, the park
brake will automatically be applied after 4
• Ensure that the park brake is applied. seconds.
• Start the engine. During normal operation, machine must be
• Apply the service brake. stopped using the service brakes. If a machine is
• Select D on the gear selector. stopped for more than a few seconds, the park
• Move the gear selector to the highest gear brake must be applied.
required (3; 2 or 1).
Retarders
To select normal driving gear range the control
lever must be moved to the D position. Engine Retarder
DOWN SHIFTING OR REVERSE The engine retarder system (Exhaust Brake &
Engine Valve Brake) is fully automatic and will be
INHIBITOR activated when the accelerator pedal is fully
released.
NOTE: Shifting from neutral (N) to drive (D)
or reverse (R) is inhibited when engine speed On down hill operation, if engine governed speed
is above 900r.p.m. is exceeded, the transmission may up shift to the
next higher gear. This will reduce braking. Apply
Although there is no speed limitation on up service brakes to prevent exceeding engine
shifting, there is on down shifting and shifts from governed speed.
neutral to drive or reverse. If a down shift or N -
to - D or R is selected when engine speed is too NOTE: Down shifting to a lower gear
high, the TCU will prevent the shift until neutral is increases the effectiveness of the engine
selected or engine speed or road speed is braking.
reduced.
When machine is fully loaded or slope is steep, it
Accelerator Control may be desirable to pre-select a lower gear
before reaching the slope.
CAUTION When exhaust brake is engaged, the

transmission automatically starts to down shift to
To avoid injury or property damage caused by
a lower gear. The MDU will display the gear
sudden movement of the machine, do not
selected.
make shift from neutral (N) to drive (D) or
reverse (R) while pressing accelerator.
On Allison Gera Shift Controls, the digital display
will indicate “2X” ("X" is the current gear and "2"
NOTE: 1. Shifting from neutral to drive or is the gear it is aiming for) while this happens.
reverse is inhibited when engine speed is When second gear is attained and machine has
above 900r.p.m. slowed, the exhaust brake will be disengaged
2. “RR” or “61” will flash in the display and the digital display will return to the previous
window on the Allison Gear Shift Control if a value shown.
shift is attempted above 900r.p.m.
When the machine has slowed down, the
The position of the accelerator pedal influences exhaust brake will be disengaged.
the timing at which automatic shifting will occur at
fast engine speeds. Transmission Retarder
A partially depressed accelerator pedal position The transmission retarder, as well as the engine
will cause up shifts at slow engine speeds. retarder is automatically engaged when the
accelerator pedal is released.
The retarder light on the dash will light whenever

the transmission retarder and exhaust valve
brakes are activated.
144 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

The transmission retarder is applied when a • When extra brake force is required or
retarder position is selected at the retarder switch continuous retardation, use the retarder switch
and the accelerator pedal is fully released. to activate the retarder.
Retardation can be selected between a choice of NOTE: The transmission will automatically
6 different retardation percentages. select the lowest pull-off gear.
15% retardation is applied whenever the service Park Brake (Normal Operation)
brake pedal is pressed, even if the switch is in
the “OFF” position. NOTE: 1. The park brake will be applied when
the key is turned to OFF position. If machine
To resume driving, release service brake pedal. was stopped and the park brake was not
The transmission will automatically select the applied, the park brake lever must be moved
lowest gear. to the engaged position before park brake can
be released.
2. The park brake must only be applied when
BRAKING the machine is completely stationary.
NOTE: The general rule for braking is that the When the machine is to be stopped for more than
retarder should be used before the service a few seconds the following must be done:
brakes in order to reduce the brake disc wear.
• Stop the machine using the service brake.
Service Brakes and Park Brake • Apply the park brake.
• Select Neutral (N).
During normal operation the machine must be • Release the service brake.
stopped using the service brakes. When the
machine is stopped for more than a few seconds Park Brake (Truck Moving)
the park brake must be applied.
When the transmission is in neutral for more than
Service Brakes 4 seconds and the vehicle speed is below 5km/hr
the park brake will be applied automatically.
WARNING
NOTE: Before park brake can be released,
1. The brakes may not function 100% when the park brake lever must be moved to the
the hydraulic oil have not reached working applied position, a gear must be selected or
temperature. Stopping distances will increase the brake pedal pressed.
until working temperature have been reached.
2. Avoid using the service brake over Park Brake Protection
extended periods. Excessive use of the
service brakes will result in the brake NOTE: This feature is to assist in pulling-off
assembly overheating which in extreme on an incline.
circumstances could result in a brake
assembly failure. When the Brake Pedal is not pressed and the
truck is standing still (< 1km/h) and the Park
Stopping the machine with the service brakes is Brake is on while the transmission is in gear then
done as follows: the engine torque is limited to 55%.
• Release the accelerator. This limit is set at 55 % so that the park brake
can be tested to function correctly without being
NOTE: 1. When the accelerator is released able to drive through it. As soon as the park
the engine retarder as well as transmission brake lever is released, 100% torque is available
retarder (if Equipped) will be activated. for pull away on steep inclines.
2. It is recommended that the retarder brake
function is used to slow the machine down If the Park Brake is applied while driving(>1km/h)
and the service brakes used to stop the then the engine torque is limited to 0% until the
machine. vehicle speed is below 1 km/h at which time 55%
torque is allowed.
• While driving the machine normally the brake
pedal must be pressed.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 145

Emergency Braking Inter-axle Differential Lock (IDL)

Control
The park brake can be used (if possible in
conjunction with the retarder) as an emergency Engaging the Inter-axle Differential Lock
brake if service and secondary brakes fail.
The following procedure must be used to engage
If the service brakes fail after the machine has the inter-axle differential lock:
been slowed down with the retarder, the machine
can be stopped using the park brake. The
• Switch the inter-axle differential lock switch
following must be done:
ON (See page 97 for pre-requisites).
• Apply the park brake. • IDL light will illuminate to confirm successful
engagement.
• When the machine has come to full stop turn
the ignition switch to the OFF (O) position. Disengaging the Inter-axle Differential Lock
• Contact your BELL EQUIPMENT Product
Support Representative. The following procedure must be used to
NOTE: The service brake system is designed disengage the inter-axle differential lock:
such that the front and rear chassis brakes
are applied via two separate brake control • Switch the inter-axle differential lock switch
systems. If brake system failure occurs in one OFF (at any speed).
of the systems, the other system will still • The inter-axle differential lock indicator will
have sufficient retardation force to stop the extinguish.
machine. If both brake systems are defective
use the park brake to stop the truck, as
described above.
OPERATING WITH
CONTROLLED TRACTION
OPERATING WITH INTER-AXLE DIFFERENTIAL (CTD) LOCK
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
CAUTION
CAUTION Do not engage the CTD lock while the
machine is travelling on tar or graded
The differential lock must not be engaged surfaces. This will cause damage to the
when the machine is operating on tar or differential.
graded surfaces. This will cause damage to
the differential. It is recommended that both the inter axle
differential locks and the CTD locks are engaged
NOTE: It is recommended that the inter-axle when the machine is travelling over poor ground
differential lock is only engaged when the conditions.
machine is operating on very poor ground
conditions. The CTD lock is engaged and disengaged as
follows:
The inter-axle differential lock switch operates the
differential lock in the transfer case. NOTE: CTD can be activated or deactivated
at any speed.
The IDL is spring applied, air released. This
means that IDL will be in locked position every • Push the CTD Lock switch.
time machine is shut-down, irrespective of switch
position. • The system will activate the Differential Lock
for a period of 30 seconds after the switch is
It will only disengage after machine is started and pushed.
switch is in “OFF” position and air pressure has • After 30 seconds the differential locks will
sufficiently built up and drive train is sufficiently automatically be disengaged. The 30 seconds
released to allow device to disengage. (The light start when the switch is pushed.
on the MDU will indicate the lock status).
146 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

NOTE: If the 30 seconds is not enough, just

switch the CTD Lock switch on again.
Wheel slip and wheel spin:
• Stop the machine.

• Depress CTD switch and drive off.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 147

148 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 4. OPERATING THE MACHINE
SAFETY LOADING THE MACHINE
WARNING The following procedure must be used to load the

machine:
Always be alert and careful when operating
the machine. Accidents can cause injury or
even death to personnel.
Pay Load
See “Pay Load” Chapter 2, Page 119.

Avoid Work Site Hazards
• Position the machine in a straight ahead
Avoid Overhead Power Lines position.
• Apply the park brake.
When the loading operator signals that the bin is
fully loaded the following must be done:
• Select Drive (D).

• Release the park brake and drive off slowly.
Raising the Bin
WARNING
The bin should not be raised while the
machine is on a slope and/or on a non solid
surface. Tipping on a slope angle and/or on a
non solid surface can result in the machine
rolling over.
GD0014CFM
Never move any part of the machine within 3 m

(10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length, as
serious injury or death may result.
Operate Only On Solid Footing
Avoid working on surfaces that could collapse

under machine.
Be alert working near embankments, excavations

and with bin raised.
Look out for embankments. Be alert when

backing up to slopes.
Use caution when backing up to berms before

dumping load.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 149

WARNING NOTE: If the bin is not fully lowered (the bin

raised warning indicator is illuminated), the
Do not operate the bin tip lever unless the machine has just been emptied and the bin is
transmission is in neutral (or dumping in 1st at 100%. The operator selects drive, and at
or reverse). This practice can over-ride the the same time pushes the bin tip lever into
safety functions and could cause damage to the down position, thus activating the detent.
the machine and/or personal injury. While the bin is between 100-50%, the
machine is limited to only 1st gear. Once the
Reverse Bin Scrape Protection bin passes the 50% mark, the machine will
allow shifting into 2nd gear and at the same
NOTE: Bin scrape protection in reverse is time limits the truck to a maximum of 2nd gear
built into the software. When the bin position while being between the points of 50-15%. As
is greater than 70% and the transmission is in the bin passes the 15% mark, the machine will
reverse, the software will limit the engine allow shifting into 3rd gear as the maximum.
torque to 20%. This will prevent the operator The machine will remain limited to a
to use the bin as a scraper when the machine maximum of 3rd gear until the bin reaches 5%.
is driven into the pile. At this point the detent becomes deactivated,
and the bin float comes into effect. All limits
are switched off, and the machine drives as
• Position the machine in a straight ahead normal
position.
• Apply the park brake. • Select Drive (D).
• Select Neutral (N). • Release the park brake and drive off slowly.
• Increase the engine speed to approximately
1500 r.p.m. NOTE: The tip control lever is spring-loaded
to the central position (holding position).
• Move the tip control lever towards the
operator.
• Reduce engine speed as the bin reaches STEERING
maximum travel.
• Release the tip control lever. Normal Steering
NOTE: The tip control lever is spring-loaded
to the central position (holding position). The machine’s normal steering system is
operational when the engine is operating.
Lowering the Bin
WARNING
NOTE: The lever is held automatically until There is no self-centring function on the
the bin reaches the bin float position. machine steering. After turning the steering,
the machine must be straightened by turning
• Move the tip control lever away from the the steering wheel to the straight ahead
operator till the lever has contact the magnet position.
that will hold the lever in this position.
• Ensure that the bin raised warning indicator is Emergency Steering
extinguished.
WARNING
1. If there is an engine or main pump failure,
the ground driven emergency steering system
will enable the operator to steer the machine
to a safe stop. In this event the machine must
be stopped as quickly as possible.
2. There is no self centring function with the
machine steering. The machine must be
straightened by turning the steering wheel to
the straight ahead position.
3. If the engine fails the machine must be
steered to safety as soon as possible.
150 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

When the engine or main pump fails the Overnight Parking

emergency steering indicator will flash.
When the machine is to be parked overnight the
The machine’s emergency steering system is following must be done:
ground driven and will be operational until the
machine is stationary.
• Ensure the machine is unloaded.
When the emergency steering system is • Park the machine on firm level ground.
activated the emergency steering indicator on the • Move all the switches to the OFF position.
centre instrument panel will illuminate. • Ensure the transmission is in Neutral (N).
OPERATING INDOORS • Switch the ignition OFF and remove the key.
• Lock the cab door.
Machines may only be operated in buildings • Open the battery box lid and move the battery
approved by site management. disconnect switch to the OFF position.
• Ensure the battery box lid is closed properly.
When operating the machine indoors ensure that Secure with padlocks if required.
there is sufficient ventilation for the exhaust
• Ensure that the fuel cap and the bonnet
fumes to escape.
release levers are locked.
Do not exceed the maximum floor load when
operating indoors.
Ensure that there is enough space overhead to

raise the bin to the maximum position.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 151

152 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 5. OPERATING TECHNIQUES

The following information details suggested Gear Shift Control Allison
techniques to obtain the safest and most efficient Transmission
use of your machine.
SAFETY RULES
Ensure there is sufficient space for the machine
before entering confined areas.
Accidents and injuries must be reported

immediately. Site management must also be
informed of any “narrow escapes” and areas
and situations which could present an accident
risk.
If possible, after an accident, the machine must

be left in its position.
Do not do anything to the machine that may

hamper an investigation into the accident.
Follow the instructions given by the site

management.
Gear Selection
Gear Shift Control ZF Transmission

The transmission makes it unnecessary to select
the right moment to up shift or down shift during
changing travelling conditions.
However knowledge of the ranges and when to

select them will make machine control and the
operator’s job easier.
The following table is a brief summary of the

range selections covered in this manual.
General
R Completely stop the machine before

shifting from a forward gear to R or from
R to a forward gear.
WARNING
Do not allow the machine to coast in N,
there is no engine breaking and the operator
may lose control. Coasting in neutral will
also cause transmission damage.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 153

N Use N to start the machine and for 3 Occasionally road conditions, load or
periods of engine idle operation. N is traffic conditions will make it desirable to
selected by the ECU at start-up. Always restrict automatic shifting to a lower gear.
select N before turning off the engine. 2 Lower gears provide greater engine
breaking for going down grades (the lower
The shift from N to D or R is inhibited
1 the gear; the greater the braking effect).
when the engine speed is above idle. N
must be re-selected and the idle speed Even though a lower gear was selected,
reduced before the shift will occur. When the transmission may not downshift until
shifts to D or R are inhibited, the digit on machine speed is reduced.
the shift selector will flash.
1 Use this gear when pulling through mud
and deep snow, when manoeuvring in
tight spaces or while driving up/down
D When D is selected with the On Board
grades.
Weighing System, 2nd gear will be
selected for pull-off if the truck is not 1st gear provides the machine with
loaded and 1st gear when the truck is maximum driving torque and maximum
loaded. As machine speed increases, the engine braking effect.
transmission will up shift automatically
through each gear. as the machine slows,
the transmission will down shift 1 When selecting D from N and the bin is
automatically. The shift selector will raised (bin raised warning indicator is
display the highest range available. illuminated), the transmission will limit
gear selection to 1st gear. The display on
Even though D is selected, it may not be
the shift selector will show “1”.
attained due to active inhibit functions
such as high throttle or engine idle As soon as the bin is fully lowered (bin
speeds. Check for active diagnostic codes raised warning indicator is extinguished),
if D is not attained. the transmission will automatically revert
to normal gear selection.
WARNING
If the operator just downshifts or just uses ZF Shift Control
the service brakes while going downhill, he
may lose full control of the vehicle. 3 Occasionally road conditions, load or
traffic conditions will make it desirable to
To help in keeping full control on restrict automatic shifting to a lower gear.
2 Lower gears provide greater engine
down-hills, use a combination of
downshifting and braking. breaking for going down grades (the lower
1 the gear; the greater the braking effect).
Downshifting to a lower gear increases
engine braking and helps the operator Even though a lower gear was selected,
maintain full control. the transmission may not downshift until
machine speed is reduced.
The transmission has a feature which
prevents automatic up shifting above the 1 Use this gear when pulling through mud
lower gear selected. However during and deep snow, when manoeuvring in
downhill operation, if engine governed tight spaces or while driving up/down
speed is exceeded in the lower gear, the grades.
transmission may shift to the next higher
gear. This will reduce braking and may 1st gear provides the machine with
cause loss of control. maximum driving torque and maximum
Apply service brakes to prevent engine braking effect.
exceeding engine governed speed in the
lower gear selected.
154 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

1 When selecting D from N and the bin is General

raised (bin raised warning indicator is
illuminated), the transmission will limit 1 LOWERING THE BIN:
gear selection to 1st gear. The display on
the shift selector will show “1”. The machine has just been emptied and
the bin is at 100%. The operator selects
As soon as the bin is fully lowered (bin drive, and at the same time pushes the
raised warning indicator is extinguished), bin tip lever into the down position, thus
the transmission will automatically revert activating the detent. While the bin is
to normal gear selection. between 100-50%, the machine is limited
to only 1st gear. Once the bin passes the
50% mark, the machine will allow shifting
Allison Shift Control into 2nd gear and at the same time limits
the truck to a maximum of 2nd gear while
6 Occasionally road conditions, load or being between the points of 50-15%. As
traffic conditions will make it desirable to the bin passes the 15% mark, the
restrict automatic shifting to a lower gear. machine will allow shifting into 3rd gear as
5 Lower gears provide greater engine the maximum. The machine will remain
breaking for going down grades (the lower limited to a maximum of 3rd gear until the
the gear; the greater the braking effect). bin reaches 5%. At this point the detent
4 becomes deactivated, and the bin float
The shift control utilises the ñ (Up) and ò comes into effect. All limits are switched
(Down) arrow buttons to select individual off, and the machine drives as normal.
3 forward gears. The shift control will
display the operator’s choice. RAISING THE BIN:
2 Even though a lower gear was selected, It will not be possible too raise the bin if
the transmission may not downshift until the machine is in 4th or higher. Only once
machine speed is reduced. the machine is in 3rd gear or bellow, will it
1 be possible to raise the bin. If the operator
lifts the bin to between 5-15% and starts
1 Use this gear when pulling through mud driving forward, the machine will be
and deep snow, when manoeuvring in limited to 3rd gear. While in 3rd gear it will
tight spaces or while driving up/down not be possible to raise the bin higher
grades. then 15%.If the operator lifts the bin to
1st gear provides the machine with between 15-50% and starts driving
maximum driving torque and maximum forward, the machine will be limited to 2nd
engine braking effect. gear and while in 2nd gear it will not be
possible to raise the bin higher then 50%.
Push the ò (Down) arrow button on the If the operator lifts the bin to between
shift selector until first gear appears on 50-100%, and start driving forward, the
the display screen. machine will be limited to only 1st gear.
M MODE is used in diagnosis code reading. R Reverse operation of the machine is not
O Refer to Troubleshooting at the end of this affected by the bin raised condition (as
D manual. described above).
E
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 155

2 When retarding, (i.e. The operator takes GEAR PRE-SELECTION

his foot off the accelerator) the
transmission will start downshifting from Gear pre-selection means selecting a lower gear
the current gear, down to 2nd gear to to match driving conditions which the operator
maximise engine braking. encounters or expects to encounter.
The gear shift display will show “D2” as
Learning to take advantage of pre-selected shifts
long as retardation is in progress and will
will give the operator better control on slick or icy
revert back to the original displayed value
surfaces and on downgrades.
when:
- 2nd gear is attained and the machine Downshifting to a lower gear increases engine
has slowed down almost to a stop braking.
- or when the operator applies the
accelerator to cancel retardation. The selection of a lower gear often prevents
cycling between that gear and the next higher
The engine exhaust brake is automatically gear on a series of up-and-down gradients. (See
applied and the exhaust brake warning Chapter 4 Controlled Gear Range).
indicator is illuminated during the above
retardation period.
GEAR HOLD FUNCTION
Range The range hold switch (on the See “Gear Hold Switch (3)” on page 97 for
Hold SSM) allows the operator to more information on this function.
manually hold the transmission in
a gear of his choice to prevent
shift cycling to improve cycle time
TRANSPORT OPERATION
in abnormal operating conditions.
When operating the machine in ideal conditions
The operator must watch gear (e.g. level graded surfaces) normal driving and
position and engine r.p.m. When gear selection must be used.
lower gear is selected that the
transmission is cycling between The machine may be operated at maximum
and engine r.p.m. is increasing, the speed in accordance with the site and road
range hold switch must be applied. regulations.
When the switch is actuated, the Always adapt the machine speed to the road and
gear that the transmission is in at traffic conditions.
the time, will be “held”.
When driving through a bend do not drive too
No up shifting will happen beyond fast. The machine’s centre of gravity is changed
this gear (except in over speed which may cause the machine to tip or roll if the
conditions) but down shifting is road is slippery or cambered the wrong way.
allowed.
The machine load must not be allowed to fall off
The “held” gear is displayed on the machine at any time.
the shift selector.
Do not use the inter-axle differential lock when
When the range hold switch is operating on smooth graded surfaces.
switched OFF, normal gear
selection (up shifting) will continue Due to the mass of the machine allow for long
and the display will show the braking distances, especially on slippery roads.
original value.
Uphill Operation
If the machine is operating in full automatic

mode, transmission will select the correct gear for
travelling uphill.
156 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

When operating on slippery roads the inter-axle During icy or other slippery conditions, utilise the
differential lock must be applied to allow for even inter-differential lock to improve traction and
traction on all the driving wheels. braking effect.
The engine speed must be kept constant at all Using the Engine to Slow the Machine
times when driving uphill.
WARNING
NOTE: Shift cycling or “gear hunting” on
certain uphill applications can be eliminated If the operator just down shifts or just uses
by driving in manual gearshift mode or using the service brakes while going downhill, he
gear hold switch. may lose full control of the machine.
To help in keeping full control on down hills, use

“GEAR HUNTING” a combination of down shifting, braking and the
retarder.
NOTE: See “Gear Hold Switch (3)” on page
97 for more information on this function. Downshifting to a lower gear increases engine
braking and helps the operator maintain full
Under certain conditions, the transmission may control.
start shift cycling or “gear hunting” i.e. The
transmission changes up and down between two The transmission has a feature which prevents
gears at short intervals. This is because the automatic up shifting above the lower gear
power is insufficient for operating in the higher selected. However during downhill operation, if
gear but is sufficient for up shifting from the lower engine governed speed is exceeded in the lower
gear. gear, the transmission may up shift to the next
higher gear. This will reduce braking and may
When the range hold switch is ON the cause a loss of control.
transmission will hold the gear that it is in at the
time of the switch being activated. Normal down CAUTION
shifting will occur, but the transmission will not up
shift to a higher gear until the switch is switched Apply the service brakes and/or retarder to
OFF or an over speed condition occurs. prevent exceeding engine governed speed in
the lower gear selected.
It is important to lock transmission in correct gear
to prevent shift cycling. Lock in lower gear; Eg. If To use the engine as a braking force, the
cycling between 2nd and 3rd, lock in 2nd gear. operator must:
When level ground is reached the machine must • Take his foot off the accelerator.
be operated normally. • The transmission will start to down shift and
the exhaust brake will be applied.
Downhill Operation
If the machine is exceeding the maximum speed
for this gear, use the service brakes and/or
WARNING retarder to slow the machine.
DO NOT OVER SPEED THE MACHINE! Under
NO circumstances MUST engine revolutions When a lower speed is reached, the TCU will
exceed 2800 r.p.m. as serious damage can automatically down shift the transmission.
result.
Engine braking provides good speed control for
When driving downhill the exhaust brake and travelling downhill. When the machine is fully
retarder must be utilised to assist the service loaded, or the gradient is steep, it may be
brakes and to reduce brake pad wear. desirable to pre-select a lower gear before
reaching the gradient.
If necessary, slow down before the downhill slope
begins so that the transmission automatically Use the hydraulic retarder on severe gradients.
selects a low gear.
If engine-governed speed is exceeded, the
transmission will up shift automatically to the next
gear.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 157

Off-road Operation Stop the machine on a firm level surface.
Do not operate too close to quarry edges, ramp Ensure that the bin is fully lowered so that the
edges, quay edges and soft edges that may load is not dumped into a bin which is supported
collapse under the machine weight. on the tip cylinders.
Always use the inter-axle differential lock and Do not overload by exceeding the rated capacity
six-wheel drive during off-road operation when of the machine. The operator of the dump truck is
there is a risk of wheels slipping. responsible for the size and mass of the load.
Always engage the inter-axle differential lock Ensure the machine is loaded evenly. An uneven
before any of the wheels begin to slip. load will cause tyre and axle damage.
Before moving off with a load ensure that it is

safely contained in the bin and no part of it can
fall off. Ensure that no parts of the load are
protruding from the bin.
Unloading
GD0003CFM
WARNING
To cover difficult areas (e.g. soft mud) use the
articulation steering combined with the inter-axle 1. Be careful when tipping the bin. It is
differential lock to move through the area in the possible that the material may stuck to the
so called “duck waddle”. bin and when the bin reach a certain point,
the front chassis may lift from the ground and
Where the ground is particularly soft and there is the cab to roll over and end up upside down.
no space restriction, choose a new track for each Also see Chapter SAFETY “Avoid Tipping
approach to avoid making deep tracks. Over”
2. Do not operate the bin tip lever unless the
Loading transmission is in Neutral (or dumping in 1st
or Reverse). This practice can over-ride the
Ensure there is sufficient space for the machine safety functions and could cause damage to
before entering confined areas. the machine and/or personal injury.
3. There is a risk that the ADT will “tip” over if
Ensure that no personnel are near the machine the strut fails and the tailgate does not open
or loading area. while tipping.
4. Clean out any blockage on the bin
Do not operate too close to quarry edges, ramp especially the area that the tailgate rests on.
edges, quay edges and soft edges that may This will insure that the tailgate closes fully
collapse under the machine’s weight. and that no stress is put onto the leaf struts.
Be aware of other machines and personnel when NOTE: For more information on bin tip angle
entering or leaving the loading area. settings, See Chapter 2 in this manual.
If a spotter is present follow only his instructions. If the bin position is greater than 70% and the
transmission is in reverse, the engine torque will
Reverse up to a loading machine in a single, be limited to 20% to avoid that the operator use
straight manoeuvre so that you can maintain eye the bin as a scraper when fully tipped or drives
contact at all times with the operator of the into a pile.
loader.
Ensure there is sufficient space for the machine
Steer the machine so that it is straight. The before entering confined areas.
operator must have clear and unobstructed vision
through his rear view mirrors. If the machine is Do not operate or stop too close to quarry edges,
articulated and not in the straight ahead position ramp edges, quay edges and soft edges that may
the operator may find it difficult to observe the collapse under the machine mass. The use of
spotter and the loading machines. stopping chocks or other safety devices is
recommended.
158 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Reverse up to the unloading site in a single, • Continue with this movement until the machine
straight manoeuvre so that you can maintain eye is free and can be operated normally.
contact at all times with the spotter and have
all-round vision from the machine.
Rocking Out
If a spotter is present follow only his instructions.
WARNING
Steer the machine so that it is straight and on
level ground. The operator must have clear and To help in avoiding injury or property damage
unobstructed vision through his rear view mirrors. caused by sudden movement of the machine,
If the machine is articulated and not in the do not make shifts from N to D or R when the
straight ahead position the operator may find it throttle is open.
difficult to observe the spotter and the dumping
action. CAUTION
When raising the bin ensure that when the bin is Do not make N to D or directional shift
fully raised it is no less than 4 metres (13’) away changes when the engine speed is above idle.
from any power lines. Also if the wheels are stuck and not turning,
do not apply full power for more than 30
Ensure that no personnel are near the machine seconds in either D or R.
or dumping area.
If the operator shifts while the throttle is open too
NOTE: Ensure that there are no debris or much, the transmission will engage only if the
obstructions between the bin and chassis throttle is closed in the next three seconds.
before lowering the bin.
That can cause a sudden movement of the
Be aware of other machines and personnel when machine. Leaving the throttle open longer than
entering or leaving the dumping area. three seconds causes the transmission to remain
in N. Avoid this condition by making shifts from N
to D or R only when the throttle is closed.
Stuck Machine
Full power for more than 30 seconds under the
NOTE: 1. If the ground is soft with deep above conditions will cause the transmission to
wheel tracks constant attention must be overheat.
given to the rear chassis angle.
2. If the machine does not move, get a towing If the transmission overheats, shift to N and
vehicle to move the machine. operate the engine at 1 500 r.p.m. until it cools
(2-3 minutes).
If the rear chassis starts to lean sideways
excessively, stop the machine immediately and If the machine is stuck in deep sand, snow or
try another route. mud, it may be possible to rock it out as follows:
If the machine becomes stuck the following must • Shift to D and apply steady, light throttle (never
be done:
full throttle).
• When the vehicle has rocked forward as far as
it will go, apply the service brakes.
• Engage the inter-axle differential lock.
• Allow the engine to return to idle.
• Select Forward (D) (Preferably 1st gear).
• Select R.
• Check that the inter-axle differential lock
• Release the service brakes and apply a
indicator illuminates.
steady, light throttle and allow the machine to
• Engage CTD (Control Traction Differential rock in R as far as it will go.
Lock).
• Again apply and hold the service brake and
• Select range hold switch to lock transmission allow the engine to return to idle.
in low gear and prevent transmission from
• This procedure may be repeated in D and R if
trying to select higher gear and cycling.
each directional shift continues to move the
• Drive off slowly keeping the engine speed machine progressively further.
(r.p.m.) constant and not too high.
• Select range hold as described in this chapter.
• To assist with traction, turn the steering wheel
one way and then the other alternately causing
the machine to adopt a “duck waddle”.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 159

160 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 6. RECOVERY AND TRANSPORTATION
SECTION 1. TOWING
SAFETY RULES If the disabled machine is to be articulated

(manoeuvred) a towing machine with an A-frame
Always consult your BELL EQUIPMENT Product must be attached to the front of the machine for
Support Representative before towing a disabled manoeuvring and a machine attached to the rear
machine. for controlling.
Always chock the machine before releasing the Minimum towing capacity is required for towing
brakes and/or disconnecting the drive shafts. on smooth level surfaces and maximum towing
capacity is required for towing on gradients and
Only use a rigid A-frame when towing a machine poor ground conditions.
The A-frame must be securely fastened to both
towing eyes and must distribute the towing force CAUTION
evenly on both towing eyes when towing or
turning the machine. Failure to lift the wheels off the road or
disconnect the drive train can cause damage
Ensure the A-frame is strong enough to tow a to the transmission.
machine at least 1.5 times the gross weight of the
towed machine, when towing from mud or on a The engine can not be started by pushing or
gradient. towing.
Never exceed 2 km/h (1.2 m.p.h.) when towing a Towing a Machine With Inoperable
disabled machine for short distances.
Engine
Load a disabled machine onto a suitable
breakdown vehicle or remove the drive shafts WARNING
between the transmission and transfer case
1. Before releasing the brakes, always chock
when moving it long distances.
the wheels to prevent the machine from
rolling.
Shielding must be provided on the towing
2. Ensure the brake system of the towing
machine and the disabled machine if the operator
can possibly be injured due to the tow bar machine is sufficient to hold the combined
breaking. mass of the towing machine and the disabled
machine.
Do not allow any unauthorised personnel on the 3. Removing the drive shafts on either side of
disabled machine. the park brake renders the park brake
inoperative.
Gradual smooth movement is necessary for safe
towing. Quick movements will overload the NOTE: The park brake may be released
A-frame and cause it to break. mechanically but the steering system will
remain inoperative. Articulation can only be
The towing machine must be the same size or obtained by disconnecting the steering
larger than the disabled machine. Ensure the cylinders hydraulic supply hoses.
towing machine has sufficient brake capacity,
mass and power to control both machines. Take With the engine stopped the machine hydraulic
account of the ground conditions and gradient and pneumatic systems are not operative. This
when towing a disabled machine. means there is no powered steering or braking
system.
A larger machine and a solid tow bar is required
when towing a disabled machine downhill. An Road speed must not exceed 2 km/hr.
additional machine connected to the rear may (1.2 m.p.h.).
also be required to prevent the disabled machine
from rolling away. Before towing disconnect the drive shaft between
the transmission and the transfer case.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 161

With the brakes released and the drive shafts Releasing Park Brake for Towing
disconnected, the towing machine must be
capable of steering and stopping the complete Disconnecting Drive Shafts (Illustrations
mass of the disabled machine.
Below Show B20D)
NOTE: Given the danger in towing a vehicle
without an effective braking system it is CAUTION
recommended that the machine is 1. Machine will roll freely when drive shafts
transported on a suitable breakdown vehicle. are disconnected. To prevent injury or
damage, chock wheels and connect machine
Towing A Machine With Operable to towing vehicle before disconnecting drive
Engine shafts.
2. To prevent damage to transmission,
disconnect front axle and middle axle drive
If the steering system has no fault and the engine
shafts when towing a machine with an
can be run, an operator must steer the machine.
inoperable engine.
If the failure is in the transmission do not run the
engine, as the engine is directly coupled to the
transmission. Refer to Towing A Machine With
Inoperable Engine (previous instruction).
If the failure is in the transfer case, engage

neutral and disconnect the drive shaft connecting
the transfer case to the front differential and the
drive shaft connecting the transfer case to the
through drive.
If the fault does not affect the braking system the

brakes can be released using the park brake
hand control AFTER the wheels have been
chocked.
Towing a Machine with Inoperable

Steering System Remove U-joint cap screws (1) and disconnect
front axle drive shaft (2) at rear of front axle.
Move drive shaft aside and support to allow front
Use these procedure in conjunction with relevant
axle drive shaft yoke to turn freely.
Engine Operative or Engine Inoperative Towing
Procedures detailed previously.
If the machine must articulate while being towed

and the steering system is inoperable disconnect
as follows:
• Remove the supply hoses from the T-pieces

on the left hand steering cylinder.
• Block off the two supply hoses using suitable
plugs.
NOTE: Some oil spillage will be unavoidable.
Clean up any oil spillage as soon as possible.
• Loop the two steering cylinder T-pieces

together using a suitable hose.
Remove U-joint cap screws (1) and disconnect

middle axle drive shaft (2) at rear of middle axle.
Move drive shaft aside and support to allow
middle axle drive shaft yoke to turn freely.
162 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Mechanically Release Park Brake
CAUTION
Machine will roll freely when park brake is
released. To prevent injury or damage, chock
wheels and connect machine to towing
vehicle before releasing park brake.
Remove release stud (1), nut (2) and washer (3)

from storage position (4).
Install release stud in hole at rear of park brake

actuator housing and rotate clockwise a ¼ turn to
lock into place.
Install washer and nut unto release stud and

tighten until park brake releases.
Safety Stops (B50D)
The B50D/AH500D adaptive front suspension

sags down when the truck is switched off/engine
not running for a period of time. This is a safety
hazard while servicing or transporting the
machine as this could result in a crushing injury.
The machine could also fall of a truck if it is being
transported. To aid with the safe servicing of the
underside and safe transportation of the
B50D/AH500D, safety stop blocks are provided
with the vehicle. For full fitment procedure please
refer to SIB 2005/1093.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 163

164 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 6. RECOVERY AND TRANSPORTATION
SECTION 2. LIFTING
MACHINE LIFTING POINTS

NOTE: Ensure that the articulation bar is installed.
The following figure details the machine lifting points:

8659 MM
ONLY USE NYLON SLINGS

IN FRONT TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO BONNET
CRANE
Minimum
4000mm
CRANE
GD0029CFM
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 165

Lifting the Machine
WARNING
Install the articulation safety lock bar to
prevent the machine from turning.
NOTE: 1. The machine lifting points are

indicated in red on the machine.
2. Use nylon slings in front to prevent damage
to the machine.
• When lifting the machine the following must be

done:
• Park the transporting vehicle next to the
machine being lifted.
• Attach the chains to the machine lifting points
and the lifting beam.
NOTE: 1. The lifting beam must be longer
than the machine length to avoid damaging
the machine and must be able to carry the
total machine weight.
{17 150kg (37 809 lb) for the B20D}
{17 150 kg (37 809 lb) for the B25D and 19 388
kg (42 743 lb) for B30D.}
{26 725 kg (58 918 lb) for the B35D and 28 850
kg (63 603 lb) for B40D.}
{36 153 kg (79 703 lb)} for the B50D
2. The crane must be able to carry total
machine weight.
• Attach the lifting beam to the crane.

• Lift the lifting beam until all the play in the
chain is removed.
• Lift the machine until it is clear of the
transporting vehicle’s trailer.
NOTE: The crane must be moved slowly to
prevent excessive swinging of the lifted
machine.
• Move the machine over the transporting

vehicles trailer slowly.
• When the machine is directly over the
transporting vehicle’s trailer lower the machine
onto the trailer slowly, following the
instructions of the spotters.
• Lower the lifting beam until the chain can be
removed from the machine.
• Lift the lifting beam and move it away from the
machine.
• Chock all the machine’s wheels.
• Secure the machine to the transporting
vehicle’s trailer with chains. (See Machine tie
Down points in this section).
166 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

MACHINE TIE-DOWN POINTS

NOTE: Ensure that the articulation bar is installed.
The following figure indicates the machine tie-down points (B20D Shown):
GD0031CFM
TRANSPORTING
Transporting the Machine on Other

Vehicles When the machine is lifted onto the
transportation vehicle the articulation safety bar
The machine can be loaded onto the transporting must be installed.
vehicle by two methods:
Always chock the machine when securing it to
the transportation vehicle.
• Lifting the machine (Refer to Lifting the
Machine and Machine Lifting Points;
previous procedure). Driving the Machine onto a
• Driving the machine. Transporting Vehicle
Safety Rules To drive the machine onto the transporting

vehicle the following must be done:
Always use the aid of spotters when loading the
machine onto the transporting vehicle. • Position the transporting vehicle’s trailer
against the loading ramp.
Ensure the transporting vehicle is capable of • Drive the machine onto the trailer very slowly
safely carrying the machine. following the instruction of the spotter.
• Install the articulation safety bar.
When driving the machine onto other • Chock all the machine wheels.
transportation vehicles do not install the
• Secure the machine to the transporting
articulation safety bar until the machine is
vehicle’s trailer with chains.
secured.
• Drive the transporting machine away slowly.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 167

168 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 7. PRE-SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 1. SERVICE POSITION

Before starting to work on the machine, unload it, wash it thoroughly and park it on firm level ground with
the bin lowered (B20D Shown).
WARNING
DO NOT
OPERATE
THIS TAG MUST ONLY BE
REMOVED BY THE PERSON
SERVICING THE MACHINE
BELL
HOT
COLD
GD0011CFM
Park the machine in the straight ahead position and prepare for servicing as detailed below:
WARNING
1. If the following steps are not observed it could result in injury or death.
2. When servicing the machine and one of the axles of the machine is raised off
the ground using jacks, the wheels on at least one of the other axles must be
chocked. This is because there is a risk that the machine may roll off the jacks,
even if the park brake is applied.
3. Beware of hot fluids and components. Do not work on a hot machine.
• Shut down the engine and apply the park brake.

• Remove the keys from the ignition switch and attach the “DO NOT OPERATE” warning sign to the
steering wheel.
• Relieve hydraulic pressure by turning the steering back and forth 3 times.
• Install the articulation safety bar.
• If bin is fully lowered, hydraulic pressure is automatically relieved. When raised and bin prop is
installed, move bin tip lever forward and rearward 3 times to ensure that the weight of the bin is
securely settled onto the bin prop.
• Relieve pneumatic pressure.
• Install wheel chocks to ensure that the machine cannot move backwards or forwards during the
service.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 169

170 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

• Allow the machine to cool down.

• Relieve all pressure in the relevant system
before any lines, fittings or related items are
disconnected or removed, as follows:
I. The air pressure is relieved by holding

open the drain valve on the air reservoir.
ii. The cooling system pressure can only

be safely relieved by allowing the engine
coolant to cool down until it is safe to remove
the filler cap.
iii. The hydraulic, fuel and air conditioner

system pressures should only be relieved by
qualified personnel. Lower the bin until the bin prop is located safely
in the holder (1).
iv. Relieve pressure in brake accumulators
by applying and releasing the brake pedal at WARNING
least 20 times.
Check to ensure that the bin prop is located
safely inside the holder.
INSTALL THE BIN PROP (B20D
SHOWN) INSTALL THE ARTICULATION
WARNING
SAFETY BAR
When the bin is raised to perform The following procedures must be used to install
maintenance tasks, the bin prop must be the articulation safety bar:
installed.
NOTE: Two people are needed to install the
NOTE: The operator, in the cab, must control safety lock bar. One to turn the steering to get
the bin operation. the two holes to align, while the other one is
installing the lock bar.
The following procedures must be used to install
the bin prop: • Park the machine in the straight ahead
position.
• Raise the bin high enough to allow the bin

prop to be hinged up to the vertical position
against the stop. • Remove the pin (1).
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 171

• Hinge up the retaining lug (1).

Remove the pin (2) from the articulation safety
bar mounting.
• Swing the articulation safety bar out and locate

it in the lug (1).
• Fit the pin (2) through the holes to secure in
position. The steering wheel must be turned so
that the articulation allows the holes to align.
• Shut down the engine and apply the park
brake
• Remove the keys from the ignition switch and
attach the “DO NOT OPERATE” warning sign
to the steering wheel.
• Secure the articulation safety bar back in the
travelling position after the service.
•
172 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 173

CHAPTER 7. PRE-SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 2. RULES WHEN SERVICING
GENERAL • Stop the engine before removing engine

covers or similar.
Do not carry out any work on the machine unless • Make sure that no tools or other objects which
you are trained and have the knowledge to carry can cause damage are left in or on the
out the work. machine.
• Switch OFF the batteries disconnect switch or
Service which is not carried out in the correct way disconnect the battery before performing
may be dangerous. Make sure that you have
maintenance on the machine.
sufficient knowledge, the correct information, the
correct tools and the right equipment in order to • Relieve the pressure in the relevant system
carry out the service in the correct way. gradually before starting to work on a system
component or assembly.
Repair or change broken tools and faulty • All pressurised vessels must be opened very
equipment. Read all plates and decals on the carefully.
machine and in the manual before you start • When checking for leaks, use a piece of paper
servicing the machine. Each of the instructions or wood, do not use your hands.
contains important information about handling • Never set a pressure limiting valve to a higher
and servicing. pressure than that recommended by the
manufacturer. Only qualified personnel must
Do not wear loose fitting clothing or jewellery adjust any valve settings.
when working on the machine.
• Before starting the engine indoors, make sure
Always wear a hard hat, safety glasses, gloves, that the ventilation is sufficient to cope with the
shoes and other protective articles as the job exhaust gases.
requires. • Do not stand behind the machine while the
engine is running.
When carrying out service work in the articulation
area, ensure that the articulation safety bar has
been installed.
HANDLING AND STORING
DIESEL FUEL
Always stop the engine to service the machine,
unless otherwise instructed in this manual.
CAUTION
When changing oil in the engine, fluid in the 1. Handle diesel fuel carefully. Do not fill the
hydraulic system or transmission, remember that tank when engine is running.
the oil and fluid may be hot and can cause burns. 2. DO NOT smoke while you fill the tank or
service the fuel system.
When lifting or supporting components, use 3. The fuel tank is vented through the filler
equipment with a lifting capacity which is at least cap. Always replace the cap with an original
as great as the components. filler cap.
All lifting devices, for example slings and ratchet Fill the tank at the end of each day’s operation to
blocks, must comply with national regulations for prevent condensation and freezing during cold
lifting devices. BELL EQUIPMENT COMPANY weather.
will not accept any responsibility if any lifting
devices, tools or working methods are used other When fuel is stored for an extended period or if
than those described in this manual. there is a slow turn over of fuel, add a fuel
conditioner to stabilize the fuel and prevent water
condensation.
Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
174 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Lubrication Storage Oily clothes are a serious fire hazard.
Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Check daily that the machine and equipment are
free from dirt and oil. In this way the risk of fire is
Whenever possible, store lubricants and reduced and it is easier to detect faulty or loose
containers in an area protected from dust, components.
moisture and other contamination. Store
containers on their side to avoid water and dirt WARNING
accumulation.
Do not point the high pressure jet at
personnel.
Mark all containers properly. Dispose of all old
containers and any residual lubricants they may
contain. CAUTION
If a high pressure jet is used for cleaning,
Measures to Prevent Fires take great care as the insulation of electrical
leads can become damaged even at a
There is always a risk of fire. moderately high pressure and temperature.
Find out which type of fire extinguisher to use, Check if the electric leads have been damaged
where it is kept and how to use it. by chafing which could lead to a short circuit and
fire.
Any fire fighting equipment stored on the
machine must be maintained in working order. Check that there is no damage to hydraulic and
brake hoses caused by chafing.
At the slightest sign of fire, and if the situation
allows, take the following steps:
CAUTION
• Move the machine away from the danger area. Switch OFF the battery disconnect switch or
• Stop the engine and turn the ignition to the disconnect the batteries, when welding on the
OFF position. machine.
• Leave the cab.
Welding and grinding may only be done on the
• Start putting out the fire and notify the fire
machine when it is placed in a clean area where
brigade if required.
there are no fuel tanks, hydraulic pipes or similar
lying around. Take extra care when welding and
Do not smoke or have a naked flame near a
grinding near flammable objects. A fire
machine when filling with fuel or when the fuel
extinguisher should be kept handy.
system has been opened.
Diesel fuel oil is flammable and should not be Refrigerant R134a

used for cleaning, use an approved solvent.
The air conditioning system contains refrigerant
Remember that certain solvents can cause skin R134a. Servicing, refilling or emptying of the
rashes and are usually flammable. Do not inhale refrigerant R134a must only be done by trained
solvent vapour. and qualified service personnel.
Store flammable starting aids in a cool, well WARNING

ventilated location. Remember that such aids
(starting gas) must not be used in connection 1. Refrigerant R134a can cause frostbite, if it
with preheating of the induction manifold. comes into contact with bare skin.
2. The air conditioning system is pressurised.
Keep the work place clean. Oil and/or water on Never loosen the filling plug on the
the floor makes it slippery. compressor or any hose and pipe unions, as
an unintentional leak could result. If a leak is
Oil and/or water in close proximity to electrical suspected, do not try to refill the system.
equipment or electrically powered tools are Contact your BELL EQUIPMENT
dangerous and any spills should be cleaned up Representative.
immediately.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 175

Avoid breathing in the air conditioner refrigerant

and lubricant vapour or mist. Exposure may
irritate the eyes, nose and throat.
The refrigerant is under high pressure and the

system must be serviced by qualified personnel
only. Improper service methods may cause
injury.
If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate

the work area before resuming work.
Additional health and safety information may be

obtained from your refrigerant and lubricant
manufacturers.
176 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 8. SERIAL NUMBERS
NUMBERS SMALL TRUCKS Transmission Serial Number
Product Identification Number (P.I.N.) Transmission

Serial Number (1) _________________________
Front Axle Serial Number
P.I.N. (1) ________________________________
Vehicle Identification Number

Front Axle
Serial Number (1) _________________________
Middle Axle Serial Number
V.I.N. (1) ________________________________
Engine Serial Number
Middle Axle
Serial Number (1) _________________________
Rear Axle Serial Number
Engine
serial Number (1) _________________________
Rear Axle
Serial Number ___________________________
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 177

NUMBERS LARGE TRUCKS Transmission Serial Number
Product Identification Number (P.I.N.)
Transmission
Serial Number (1) _________________________
P.I.N. (1) ________________________________
Transfer Case
Vehicle Identification Number
Transfer Case
V.I.N. (1) ________________________________ Serial Number (1) _________________________
Engine Serial Number Front Axle Serial Number
Engine Front Axle

serial Number (1) _________________________ Serial Number (1) _________________________
178 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Middle & Rear Axle Serial Number Middle Differential Serial Number
Middle Axle
Serial Number ___________________________
Rear Axle Middle Differential

Serial Number ___________________________ Serial Number (1) _________________________
Rear Differential Serial Number
Front Differential Serial Number
Rear Differential (Applicable to B35D-B40D only)

Serial Number (1) _________________________
Front Differential
Serial Number (1) _________________________ CRIME PREVENTION TIPS
Keep proof of ownership
Mark the machine with your own unique

numbering system.
Take photographs from several angles of your

machines.
Maintain an up-to-date inventory of your

machines.
Keep your documented identification numbers,

photographs and inventory in a safe and secure
location.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 179

Park Indoors And Out Of Sight
Make machines hard to move.
park large equipment in front of exits.
Remove keys.
Remove batteries when in storage.
Lock cab doors, windows and latches.
Lock the building.
When Parking Outdoors
Make machines hard to move.
park in well-lighted, fenced area.
Lower all equipment to the ground.
Remove ignition keys.
Remove batteries when machine is in storage.
Lock cab doors, windows and latches.
180 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

PART 2
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 181

182 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 9. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

Preventative maintenance is very important. It includes lubrication, checks and adjustments which the
operator can perform. Scheduled services are to be performed by BELL EQUIPMENT Product Support.
Operator to do only daily inspection as indicated on the RSG below and CHAPTER 10 in this manual.
Most of these service measures are simple to carry out and do not need any detailed explanation. The
instructions which require specific procedures are detailed in Chapter 10 of this manual.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 183

Maintenance Schedule in Running Hours

Every Every Every Every Every Every As
Details Daily
150 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Required
ENGINE
Revision 8.
Change the oil and oil filters X (I) X
Drain water from the primary fuel filter X

(Check cold, drain before starting).
Change fuel depth filter (B50D only) X (I) X
Change the primary fuel filter/water X (I) X

separator.
Change secondary fuel filter. (Situated X (I) X

on engine).
Clean/replace the primer pump fuel X

screen.
Clean crank case breather filter X (F)

(Non-Cyclonic filters).
Clean crankcase breather filter (Cyclonic X

filters)
Check the coolant level. X X
Check the coolant mixture. X

(A)
Change the coolant. X (A)
Adjust the valve clearance. (Every X

second oil change).
Replace fuel tank breather filter (B50D X X

only) (E) (D)
Check Fan Belt Condition. X
Replace fan belt. X
Replace both fan belts (B50D). X
Change the air cleaner primary filter. X
Change the air cleaner secondary filter. X
Clean the air intake pre-cleaner X

assembly.
Check the air cleaner service indicator. X
Check the oil level. X
Change jockey pulley bearing X
184 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1


Details Daily
150 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Required
Replace aircon pulley assembly X
TRANSMISSION ALLISON HD
Check for oil leaks. X X
Check transmission oil level. X X
Change transmission oil. X

(B)
Replace transmission filters. x
TRANSMISSION-ZF 6 HP 592C
Check for oil leaks. X X
Check transmission oil level. X X
Change the oil. X

(B)
Change the filters. x
Replace transmission breather filters. X
TRANSFER CASE
Change the oil filter. X
Check the oil level. (Sight Glass). X X
Change the oil. X

(B)
Replace transfer case breather. X
HYDRAULICS
Check the oil level. X X
Change the oil. X

(B)
Change the return filters. X X

(E) (D)
Change the breather filter. X X

(E) (D)
Replace the suction screens. X
Clean hydraulic/transmission cooler fan. X
Test the brake accumulator function. X
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 185


Details Daily
150 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Required
Check B50D Suspension accumulator X

pressure.
AXLES AND CHASSIS & SUSPENSION
Check the oil level in the differentials X

and final drives (Excl. D35B & B50D with
Bell Wet Brakes).
Change the oil in all axles and clean X

debris from all magnets. (B)
Change the oil in all axles and clean X

debris from all magnets (B35D & B50D
with Bell Wet Brakes)
Replace through drive diff axle oil filter X

(B50D 2 Speed Diff Only).
Clean intermediate diff oil strainer (B50D X

2 Speed Diff Only).
Change wet disc brake cooling oil and X

filter (If applicable). (B)
Check the service brake pads wear. X
Check the service brake disc thickness. X
Check the park brake pads wear. X
Check and adjust bin shock pad X

clearance. (H)
Check suspension strut height, oil leaks X

& gen. cond.
Check conditions of all drive shafts. X
Check front hubs for cracks (B20D only). X
Replace breathers of all axles. X
Change all axle driveline cross and X (J)

rollers
CAB, PNEUMATICS AND ELECTRICAL
Change the air drier filter. X
Check the operator controls, buzzers X X

and instruments.
Check the working lights, reverse buzzer X X

and horn.
186 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1


Details Daily
150 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Required
Check the electrical connections and X

wire routing for chaffing.
Replace Pneumatic block breather filters X

(situated on block).
Record and clear fault codes found on X

the MDU.
Clean or replace air conditioner filters. X X
LUBRICATION
Grease the hinges. X
Grease all remaining lube points. (If X

applicable).
Check the grease level in the auto X

greasing system (if applicable).
Change the auto greasing filler filter (if X

applicable).
Grease PTO prop shaft Slip-joint (engine X

side B50D only).
Grease transmission to transfer case X

prop shaft (Large ADT'S). (G)
(K)
Grease prop shaft, between transfer X

case and oscillation joint, slip joint (Small
ADT'S).
GENERAL WALK ROUND
Check and clean coolers. X
General check of drive line & suspension X

fasteners.
Check for fuel, water and oil leaks. X
Check tyre pressures. X X
Check Leaf Strut condition & clean X

tailgate area of bin. (L)
NOTES:
A Refer to bulletin 2000/033 regarding water & coolant specification
B Change intervals can be extended by oil sampling. Use kit 261677 for sampling the Allison
transmission and axles and final drives. (B50D axle & final drive: Refer to service manual chapter
15 for draining and filling).
C Daily depending on site conditions.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 187

D To be changed in wet & muddy conditions. (Note service kit applicable for this condition).
E To be changed in dry & dusty conditions. (Note service kit available for this condition).
F Refer to SIB 2004/1018.
G Grease should meet DIN 51825 KP2-R-20, and not contain any solids such as Graphite or
Molybdeendisulphide. (Preferred greases: Castrol Viscotemp NLGI 2, Castrol Firetemp XT2).
H See SIB 2007/1066 for details of thickness.
I To be changed as indicated when running on FAME / Bio-diesel. Refer Appendix A of SIB 2007/1062 for more information
on FAME use.
J Cross & Roller replacement on all machanic joints, when operating in submerged or dusty conditions and replace every
6000 hrs under normal conditions.
K In severe conditions, half lubrication intervals.
L No grinding, weld or cleaning chemicals to be used on Leaf Strut (Only Original parts to be used)
Torque all wheel nuts to 650 Nm. (480 ft lb.) after the first 5 hours of operation and again after 50 hours of
operation. Repeat the procedure if the wheels are changed.
The air conditioner internal filter should be cleaned every 50 hours (or as required, depending upon
conditions) and replaced if damaged.
The air conditioner external filter should be cleaned every 250 hours (or as required, depending upon
conditions) and replaced if damaged.
188 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

CHAPTER 10. DAILY OR 10 HOURLY SERVICE CHECKS
SECTION 1. ENGINE
INTRODUCTION
The daily or 10 hourly service checks must be
performed by qualified service personnel.
It is recommended that the daily or 10 hourly

service checks are performed in conjunction with
the Walk Round Checks so that the operator can
assist in the service checks which require two
people.
SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
Ensure that the machine is in the service
position. Refer to Pre-service Instructions,
Chapter 7. Remove the dipstick (1). Wipe the dipstick clean
with a lint free cloth. Re-insert the dipstick,
ensuring that it is properly seated.
Engine
OM 906/926 LA Engine
NOTE: For further engine information or
details not shown in this manual, refer to the
Service Manual and Mercedes-Benz Manual's
OM 906/926 LA, OM 501 LA & OM 502 LA.
Open the bonnet.
Check the bonnet catch for damage and ensure

that the bolts are secure.
Check the Oil Level (OM 906/926 LA)
Remove the dipstick (1).
Check the Oil Level (OM 501 LA & OM 502 LA)
NOTE: When checking the oil level, hold the

dipstick in an upright position with the point
pointing down.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 189

OM 501 LA & OM 502 LA Engine If the coolant level is not correct, top up with
coolant. Refer to Specifications, Chapter 1 -
Recommended Lubricants and Coolant
Additives.
NOTE: If there is too much coolant in the

tank, when cold, the tank will purge itself and
overflow with excess coolant.
Check Coolant Level Small ADT's
Check the oil level.
NOTE: When the oil is hot, the oil level must

be on the top mark (1) of the dipstick, but not The coolant must not be lower than the
above it. When the oil is cold, ensure that the "Minimum Cold" mark (1) when the when the
level is between marks (1) and (2), but not engine is cold.
below mark (2).
Check Coolant Level Large ADT's
Re-insert the dipstick, ensuring that it is properly
seated and fasten the dipstick clip. NOTE: Check before the engine has warmed
up.
If necessary, replenish the engine oil.
Remove the dipstick and check that the oil level

reaches the upper mark (1) on the dipstick.
Check the Coolant Level
WARNING
Check the coolant level when the engine is
cold. Whenever the cap on the expansion
tank needs to be removed, remember that the
system may be under pressure which could
cause hot coolant to be ejected.
CAUTION
The coolant must be between the maximum and
When coolant is drained from the cooling minimum marks on the sight glass.
system, it must be replaced with the
recommended coolant specified by the
manufacturer.
190 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Check Engine Air Intake System (Small Check Engine Air Intake System (Large ADT's
ADT's) B40 Shown)
Check air cleaner assembly for damage to the

pre-cleaner (1) and air cleaner housing (2).
Check the service indicator (3) is not showing a

red flag. If red flag is shown; service air cleaner
and reset indicator. (See Service Engine Air
Intake System in Maintenance - As Required
Section).
Check rubber elbows (4), clamps (5) and pipes

Check air cleaner assembly for damage to the (6) for tightness, cracks or damage.
pre-cleaner (1) and air cleaner housing (2).
Check Exhaust Heat Shields And Material
Check the service indicator (3) is not showing a Built-up in High Heat areas.
red flag. If red flag is shown; service air cleaner
and reset indicator. (See Service Engine Air WARNING
Intake System in Maintenance - As Required
Section). Machines operated In areas where the
material being handled can combust when
Check rubber elbows (4), clamps (5) and pipes heated, the build-up of this material on and
(6) for tightness, cracks or damage. around high heat areas must be removed on a
regular basis and the machine cleaned to
prevent build-up and igniting of material.
Critical areas are the areas around the
exhaust, turbo charger, between the cab and
the transmission cooler/exhaust silencer and
the area on top of the horizontal heat shield
leading into the silencer heat shield. It might
mean that from time to time the heat shields
has to be removed by service personnel to
clean this areas properly.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 191

Area between cab and heat shield and cab and

hydraulic cooling fan on B40D Shown below.
Remove the debris between the cab and exhaust

silencer heat shield and between the cab and
transmission oil cooler and clean area.
Remove and clean the top of the exhaust silencer

and clean area.
192 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 2. TRANSMISSION
CHECK THE TRANSMISSION

FOR OIL LEAKS
Check under the machine for oil leaks. Take
special care to check for oil leaks in the
transmission region.
CHECK THE TRANSMISSION

FLUID LEVEL (ALLISON
TRANSMISSION)
Always check the fluid level at least twice. If the
readings are not consistent, check and clean the
transmission breather.
There are two methods for checking the

transmission fluid level, they are as follows:
• The dipstick check when the transmission fluid

is cold (500 hrs. Service interval).
• The dipstick check when the transmission fluid
is hot (500 hrs. Service interval).
Push-button Check-(Electronic
Transmission Fluid Level Check)
• Press the ñ(UP) and ò(DOWN) arrow buttons
The electronic method of checking the (1) simultaneously.
transmission fluid level incorporates a fluid level NOTE: The fluid level check may be delayed
sensor to display the fluid level on the shift until the following conditions are met:
selector.
• The fluid temperature is above 65°C (149°F)
The electronic method compensates for
and below 104°C (220°F).
transmission temperature between 65°C to
104°C (149°F to 220°F). Any temperature below • The transmission is in neutral.
65°C (149°F) or above 104°C (220°F) will result • The machine has been stationary for
in an Invalid for Display condition. approximately two minutes to allow the fluid to
settle.
The normal operating temperature of the • The engine is at idle.
transmission fluid is 71°C to 93°C (160°F to • The transmission output shaft is stopped.
200°F), measured at the transmission sump.
NOTE: The indication of a delayed fluid level
The following procedure must be used to check check is a flashing display and a digital
the transmission fluid level using the push-button countdown from 8 to 1.
shift selector:
• Check the characters displayed.
• Ensure that the machine is parked on a level
surface and the park brake is applied. The fluid level information is sequentially
displayed on the digital analogue as in the
Allow the engine to run at idle in N (Neutral). following examples.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 193

Correct Fluid Level High Fluid Level
“OL” flash 3 times (“OL” represents Fluid (oil) “OL” flash 3 times (“OL” represents Fluid (oil)
Level Check Mode), followed by “OK” (“OK” Level Check Mode), followed by “HI” (“HI”
represents Oil Level is “OK”). The sensor represents High Oil Level) and the number of
display and the transmission dipstick may not quarts that the transmission is over filled e.g. “ 1”
agree because the oil level sensor compensates indicates 1 quart/litre of fluid above the full
for fluid temperature. transmission level.
NOTE: 01 quart is approximately equal to 1 Replenish or drain the transmission fluid as

litre. required. Refer to Change the Transmission
Fluid and Filter (next instruction in this
Low Fluid Level Chapter).
“OL” flash 3 times (“OL” represents ‘Fluid (oil) NOTE: The maximum Low Oil Level and High
Level Check Mode’), followed by “LO” (“LO” Oil Level values are “04”. If the transmission
represents Low Oil Level) and the number of fluid level is lower or higher than 4
quarts that the transmission fluid is low e.g. “ 2” quarts/litres, the fluid level will have to be
indicates 2 additional quarts/litres of fluid will checked twice to obtain the correct reading.
bring the fluid level within the middle of the “OK”
zone. If a condition occurs which prevents the display
of fluid level information, the Invalid for Display
will show the reason as follows:
Invalid for Display
“OL” flash 3 times (“OL” represents Fluid (oil)

level Check Mode), followed by a "-" and then a
number. The displayed number is a fault code,
and indicates the improper condition or system
malfunction.
194 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

The fault codes are as follows:
Reading Result Action
OL OK Oil Level OK None: Check complete
OL Lo Oil Level Low Add the number of litres of oil indicated by “#”
OL Hi Oil Level High Drain the number of litres of oil indicated by “#”
OL X* Waiting period not complete. Allow oil to settle by letting machine idle in neutral for
NOTE: The * is a flashing several seconds
numeral counting down from 8
to 1 until waiting period is
complete.
OL 50 Engine Speed (r.p.m.) too low Increase engine speed
OL 59 Engine Speed (r.p.m.) too high Reduce engine speed
OL 65 Neutral not selected Select neutral and repeat the check
OL 70 Sump oil temperature too low Operate machine under light load until temperature is
within range. Partially raise bin to disengage side
cooling fan while performing check.
OL 79 Sump oil temperature too high Run engine at slow idle until temperature is within
range. Inspect and clean side cooling system. (See
Inspect and Clean Cooling System in Maintenance -
As Required Section
OL 89 Output shaft is rotating Stop machine and engage park brake. If park brake
does not hold machine, Refer to BELL EQUIPMENT
Product Support.
OL 95 Sensor failure Refer to BELL EQUIPMENT Product Support.
Correct the problem as indicated above.
When all the conditions have been met, the countdown resumes where it stopped.
NOTE: Report sensor failure or any problem you are having difficulty with to your nearest BELL
EQUIPMENT representative.
• To exit the fluid level display mode, press either the D, N or R button on the shift selector.
Perform a general, visual check on the
transmission and components.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 195

SECTION 3. TRANSFER CASE
CHECK THE TRANSFER CASE

FLUID LEVEL
NOTE: The level must be in the centre of the
sight glass when hot and just be visible at the
bottom of the sight glass when cold.
Small ADT's
Check the oil level in the sight glass.
When oil level is at mark (1), the transfer case is

full.
Large ADT's
Check the oil level in the sight glass.
When oil level is at mark (1), the transfer case is

full.
When oil level is at mark (2), the oil level is low

and oil must be added.
Drain or add oil as necessary. (See Change

Transfer Case Oil in 2000 hours service).
196 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 197

SECTION 4. HYDRAULICS, CAB AND ELECTRICAL
HYDRAULICS B35D; B40D & B50D
Check the Hydraulic Fluid Level
NOTE: Check the hydraulic fluid level in the

sight glass (1).
B20D
Check the hydraulic fluid level in the sight

The fluid level must be on the mark (2) with the glass (1). The fluid level must be on the mark (2)
engine shut down and the machine parked on with the engine shut down and the machine
level surface and oil hot. parked on level surface and oil hot.
B25D & B30D If necessary replenish the fluid in the hydraulic

tank. Refer to Specifications, Chapter 1 -
Recommended Lubricants and Coolants.
Service Brake Accumulator Routine

Test
• Start engine. Wait until main pump has fully

charged the accumulators (Listen to the tone
of the engine, while charging the engine
revolutions will be lower).
• Apply the service brakes repeatedly to make
the pump re-charge a few times. Discontinue
applying the brakes in a re-charge cycle while
the pump is still charging (to ensure the brakes
are not consuming oil after the pump stops,
wait 4 seconds while listening to the engine.
Engine revolutions must go up after pump
stops).
The fluid level must be on the mark (2) with the • Switch off the engine.
engine shut down and the machine parked on • Switch the ignition on an wait until the warning
level surface and oil hot. lights extinguishes.
198 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

• Fully apply the service brakes and count the Cab and Electrical
number of applications before the accumulator
low pressure light illuminates. Check the Operator’s Controls and
NOTE: 1. If less than two full applications, Instruments
have the system checked by a BELL
EQUIPMENT serviceman. Carry out a functional check on all controls and
instruments daily. Refer to Chapter 2 - Operator
Control and Instruments.
Check The Wet Disc Brakes Cooling
Fluid Level (B40D only). Check all Working Lights, Reverse Buzzer
and Horn
NOTE: Leave the machine switched off for
ten minutes before checking this level. Two people are needed to perform this check.
Preferably check this level before start-up. One person inside the cab to control the switches
and the other outside to ensure all the lights are
working. Refer to Specifications, Chapter 1 -
Recommended Lubricants and Coolants.
• Switch all the lights on in turn, including

headlight (dipped and high beam), indicators,
hazard and brake lights.
• Make sure the path is clear behind the
machine, and then reverse to ensure the
buzzer and reverse lights are working.
Check the wet disc brakes cooling fluid level in

sight glass (1). Level must be on mark (2) if the Ensure that the reverse buzzer (1) is securely
machine is switched off and oil cold. mounted (B20D Shown).
Functionally test the horns and ensure that they

are securely mounted.
Check the Head lights - Bright and dip to ensure

bulbs are working.
Check rear lights - tail, brake and indicators.
Check bin switch for damage.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 199

200 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 5. LUBRICATION
AUTO GREASING SYSTEM

(STANDARD ON B50D)
The system can be selected for light, medium
and heavy duty cycles via a switch inside the
cab. (See Chapter 2, Section 3, Switches).
All the grease points are connected to the auto

grease pump.
The pump and reservoir is located on the right

hand side of the truck between the mudguard
and the chassis.
Check the level of the grease in the auto

greasing system.
NOTE: The reservoir is refilled via a grease

nipple (1) on the side of the unit.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 201

202 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

SECTION 6. TAILGATE
CHECKS ON THE TAILGATE

AND WORKING PARTS
WARNING
1. Extreme caution should be taken when
removing leaf struts as they are under
tension. serious injury could result if proper
safety measures are not taken into account
2. Do not use chemicals to remove paint from
the leaf struts as this can reduce the ductility
and load bearing capacity of the leaf strut.
3. There is a risk that the ADT will “tip” over if
the strut fails and the tailgate does not open
while tipping.
NOTE: Replace components with original

parts if any damage is noted.
Check that the tailgate system is free from

blockages (may also be caused by external
source), and damages, which can affect the
proper operation of the system.
Clean out any blockage on the bin especially the

area that the tailgate rests on. This will insure
that the tailgate closes fully and that no stress is
put onto the leaf struts.
Do not use chemicals to remove paint from the

leaf struts as this can reduce the ductility and
load bearing capacity of the leaf strut.
No Grinding, Welding / Cutting or repairs to be

attempted on the spring while on the machine as
it may be under load / tension as they are Safety
Critical components.
NOTE: Replace components with original parts if

any damage is noted.
Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 203

204 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Operators Manual Om b18d b20d b25d b30d b35d b40d b50d MK 5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operators Manual Om b18d b20d b25d b30d b35d b40d b50d MK 5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ARTICULATED DUMP TRUCK

THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO -

B18D 6x4 ADT Mk V

B18D 6x6 ADT Mk V

B20D 6x4 ADT Mk V

B20D 6x6 ADT Mk V

B25D 6x6 ADT Mk V

B30D 6x6 ADT Mk V

B30D 6x6 ADT Mk V WET DISC BRAKES

B35D 6x6 ADT Mk V

B40D 6x6 ADT Mk V WET DISC BRAKES

B50D 6x6 ADT Mk V WET DISC BRAKES

IMPORTANT: Due to BELL EQUIPMENT’S policy of

Version 1: September 2007

Technical Services: Documentation Unit

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 1

2 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 3

4 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Amendment Record Sheet

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 5

6 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

The following address list was correct at September 2007.

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 7

GROUP OPERATIONS LISTING

RICHARDS BAY (HEAD OFFICE)

Bell Equipment Spain S.A.

C/ Iplacea nº10 . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +34 917191512

Bell France Sarl

Z.A. Route díArgenton-sur-Creuse . . Tel: +33 555892356

Bell Equipment (Deutschland) GmbH

Am Ringofen 24 / 14B . . . . . . . . Tel: +49 663191130

Bell Equipment U.K.

Unit 6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +44 1283712862 (Direct)

8 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Bell Equipment North America Inc.

2843 HWY 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +19129662615

SOUTHERN AFRICA REGION

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

28 Aviation Street. . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 213862252 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 162

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

25 Ray Craib Crescent . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 437486622 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 3443

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

Pioneer Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 448780930/1 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 1697

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

349 Kempston Road . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 414513202 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 3443

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

Drive Inn Road . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 277121124/30 . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 618

Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1 9

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

37 LazaretT Street . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +26 461226021/2/3 . . . . . . . . . Private Bag 12018

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

Bell Jet Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 119289700 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 25391

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

26 South Circular . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 538321078/9 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 2927

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

8 Acacia Street . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 537120698 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 1396

Bell Equipment Swaziland

Shop No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +26 85187496/7 . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 134

10 Doc. No. 872195 - V1:R1

Bell Equipment Co SA (Pty.) Ltd.

9 Celcius Street. . . . . . . . . . . . Tel: +27 132461169 . . . . . . . . . . . P.O. Box 2821